Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Oak Valley Bancorp

Oak Valley Bancorp

ovly · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ovly
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 225
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Oak Valley Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 7   A N N U A L

  R E P O R T

|

O A K   V A L L E Y   B A N C O R P

 
 
S E L E C T E D   F I N A N C I A L   D A T A   F I V E - Y E A R   S U M M A R Y
(In thousands except for per share amounts)

DEAR CUSTOMERS, SHAREHOLDERS AND FRIENDS:

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013

Interest income 

Interest expense 

Net interest income 

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 

Non-interest income 

Non-interest expense 

Net income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income  

Preferred stock dividends 

Net income available to common shareholders 

 $35,245  
 1,065  
 34,180  
 350  
 5,976  
 24,565  
 15,241  
 6,147  
 9,094  
 -  
 $9,094  

 $32,289  

 $26,020  

 $25,936  

 $25,104 

 764  

 31,525  

 484  

 4,413  

 24,315  

 11,139  

 3,474  

 7,665  

 -  

 615  

 25,405  

 (125) 

 4,107  

 22,675  

 6,962  

 2,054  

 4,908  

 -  

 647  

 25,289  

 (1,877) 

 3,764  

 20,234  

 10,696  

 3,574  

 7,122  

 -  

 828 

 24,276 

 300 

 3,280 

 18,660 

 8,596 

 2,710 

 5,886 

 68 

 $7,665  

 $4,908  

 $7,122  

 $5,818 

Net earnings per common share (diluted) 

Cash dividends paid per common share 

Cash dividends paid 

Weighted average common 

shares outstanding (diluted) 

 $1.13  
 $0.250  
 $2,022  
 8,081,497  

 $0.95  

 $0.240  

 $1,940  

 $0.61  

 $0.210  

 $1,695  

 $0.89  

 $0.165  

 $1,318  

 $0.74 

 $- 

 $- 

 8,082,657  

 8,036,845  

 7,992,731  

 7,846,078

Year End Balance Sheet 
Total assets 

Total earning assets 

Gross loans 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities 

Non-interest bearing deposits 

Interest bearing deposits 

Total deposits 

Total stockholders’ equity 

 $1,034,852  
 971,199  
 662,544  
 149,173  
 182,360  

 $325,959  
 612,923  
 938,882  
 90,767  

 $1,002,110  

 $897,038  

 $749,665  

 $671,853 

 938,595  

 610,949  

 190,810  

 160,333  

 837,867  

 541,032  

 190,603  

 131,546  

 668,827  

 454,471  

 144,288  

 121,277  

 624,864 

 419,438 

 105,191 

 117,746 

 $311,879  

 $256,163  

 $206,677  

 $176,964 

 602,214  

 914,093  

 82,450  

 558,528  

 814,691  

 78,263  

 462,904  

 669,581  

 75,041  

 425,669 

 602,633 

 64,517 

REFLECTING ON 2017, we are pleased 
to report another strong financial per-
formance, driven by solid core operating 
results. Thanks to the dedication of our 
hard-working team and the strength of our 
customer base, we have once again reached 
a record earnings mark for the year.

As we broaden the bank’s reach, we’re 
committed not only to the addition of new 
locations and expansion into new markets, 
but we’re also concentrating on growth 
through the engagement of our people. We 
strive to provide our staff with the tools 
and training they need to succeed and, at 
the same time, challenge them to constant-
ly strive to refine our service model to 
ensure we keep customers front and center 
in everything we do. 

Now more than ever, our lenders and 
managers are collaborating to strengthen 
existing client relationships and achieve 
a laser-focused approach to prospecting, 
ensuring we pursue the best opportunities 
in the market. As a result of their efforts, 
we continue to attract and serve amazing 
clients who appreciate the value of banking 
with a community bank that provides a 
unique style of service and is as 
invested in the health of the 
community as much as they are 
themselves. 

GREAT TEAMS 

PREPARE. 

WHILE WE’RE 

WORKING 

IN THE 

PRESENT, 

WE ARE 

MINDFUL 

OF THE 

FUTURE. 

For the year ended 
December 31, 2017, net 
income totaled $9.1 million, 
or $1.13 per diluted share, 
representing an increase of 
18.6% compared to $7.7 
million or $0.95 per diluted 
share for 2016. The increase 
to net income compared to 
the prior year is primarily 
due to strong loan growth 
combined with the positive 
impact of rising interest 
rates on the bank’s cash 
balances. This total comes 
after recording a $983,000 
charge through the federal 
income tax provision, relat-
ing to the Company’s net 
deferred tax asset adjust-
ment, resulting from the 
U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. 

Total assets grew to $1.03 billion for 
the year ended December 31, 2017, an in-
crease of $32.7 million over the prior year. 
Gross loans at year-end totaled $662.5 
million, reflecting an increase of $51.6 

million over the prior year. Total de-
posits increased to $938.9 million 
at year-end, an increase of $24.8 
million over the prior year.

This year the Company was rec-
ognized by Raymond James Equity 
Research for being in the top 10% 

of community banks among 
exchange-traded banks 
with assets between $500 
million and $10 billion 
at year-end, ranking us at 
19 out of 272 community 
banks nationwide. The 
Company also made S&P 
Global Market Intelligence’s 
top 100 list of best-per-
forming community banks 
with assets of $1 billion to 
$10 billion in 2017. 

Looking at the year 
ahead, we’re excited about 
the opportunity to relocate 
two of our branches, East 
Sonora and Turlock, to 
better serve our custom-
ers. We’re pleased to open 
a new Loan Production 

Office in Downtown Sacramento and we’re 
enthusiastic about the prospect of opening 
a full-service branch to offer our banking 
services throughout the greater Sacramen-
to area later this year. 

Thank you for your trust, loyalty, confi-
dence, and support as we continue to build 
your bank. 

– SINCERELY, 
CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTROLLING OUR DESTINY, 
INVENTING OUR FUTURE

THE YEAR 2017 marked a defining 
period in Oak Valley Community Bank’s 
journey, in which we achieved signifi-
cant rewards as a result of our business 
philosophy—“controlling our destiny by 
inventing the future.” Nowhere is this 
more evident than in the successes we’ve 
continually experienced in meeting, and 
often exceeding, the goals of our 10-year 
rolling strategic plan. 

For more than 25 years, we have been 

driven by our unwavering dedication to 
serving the communities in which we live 
and work. This means supporting our local 
businesses, lending in the communities 
we serve, and contributing to charitable 
organizations that bolster our spirits, our 
community, and our bottom line. These are 

the fruits of our labor as much as the prof-
its we achieve year in and year out.

FORGING INTO NEW MARKETS 
By taking a prudent approach to growth, 
we have gradually expanded the areas we 
serve. The current management team has 
been together to guide the bank through 
much of that growth, with branches dou-
bling in number and assets tripling in size 
since 2004. Our latest achievement is a new 
Loan Production Office in Sacramento with 
plans to open a full-service branch there 
soon. It’s our first entrance into a major 
metropolitan area and one we’re quite proud 
of as we seek new opportunities for respon-
sible growth. We know that our positive 
attitude plays a significant role in the bank’s 
ability to enter this major market, and we 
look forward to sharing the Oak Valley per-
sonal touch with new customers. As always, 
we are committed to making a substantial 
impact in the communities we serve.

RE-POSITIONING TO EXPAND 

OUR OPPORTUNITIES
We are excited to announce 
the expansion of two existing 
branches, Sonora and Tur-
lock. We’ve seen these communities 
flourish in recent years, catering to an 
increasingly sophisticated customer 

base, fueling opportunities for revenue en-
hancement and new business relationships. 
We are positioning ourselves to support 
this growth by relocating our current East 

ment which offers added privacy for those 
times it’s desired. The new branch will also 
afford us the opportunity to add dedicated 
lending staff in Turlock when the right, 
talented, banking professional with strong 
roots in the community 
becomes available. 

Turlock has become a rising star market, 

with a thriving downtown core which 
other Central Valley communities seek to 
emulate. New retail, dining, and service 
establishments are creating an opportunity 
for the bank to serve as an anchor for this 
expanding area. Our new location will allow 
us to play a part in the ongoing downtown 
revitalization. With a larger, 
more desirable branch 
size, we can accom-
modate our growing 
customer base in a 
welcoming environ-

JUST LIKE 

A RISING 

TIDE LIFTS 

ALL BOATS, 

OAK VALLEY 

AND LOCAL 

BUSINESSES 

WILL THRIVE 

BASED ON 

MUTUAL 

INVESTMENT 

AND SUPPORT.

Sonora Branch to better serve our clientele. 
This new location is more spacious, pro-
vides greater visibility, and is generously 
staffed with our team of experienced bank-
ers, enabling us to attract new customers 
from an expanded service area. 

GROWING STRONG,  
DEDICATED EMPLOYEES

ual as well. While we believe that the sum 
is greater than its parts, we also recognize 
how important personal development is 
for our people. We invest significantly in 

bank employees, and as a result, 
enjoy the longevity that is rarely 
seen in today’s transient, often 
loyalty-averse job market. Our 
knowledgeable, caring staff is 
committed to achieving our vi-
sion, with long-term employees serv-
ing as strong ambassadors for the Oak 
Valley brand. They’ve seen the bank 
and our markets evolve, and have contin-
ued to embody the mission of Oak Valley, 
exemplifying important qualities such as 
personalized service and a customer-first 
attitude to our newer employees. 

COMMITTED TO DEVELOPING THE BEST
Oak Valley has instituted a multi-faceted 
training program designed to empower em-
ployees with skill development and career 
growth opportunities. The bank offers more 
than a dozen staff and supervisor training 
courses, in addition to an HR Management 
Series and a Leadership Development 
program. Courses include a range of 
topics from communications, to advanced 
software training, to sales coaching and ac-
count services. Our programs empower and 

IT IS WITHOUT A DOUBT, we owe the 
majority of our success to our long-term, 
highly dedicated employees. It is a remark-
able fact that over 30% of our employees 
have been with Oak Valley for more than 10 
years. Everyone contributes to our success. 
Our people form the bedrock of Oak Valley, 
creating a strong foundation built on excel-
lent character, a desire to serve, and strong 
unity through the pursuit of common goals. 
It’s a dynamic and powerful combination, 
which has empowered us to grow while still 
delivering small-town, personalized service.

BUILDING THE TEAM,  

CELEBRATING THE INDIVIDUAL
Collective, seamless team participation is a 
core value at Oak Valley. Helping each oth-
er move forward strengthens the individ-

AT OAK VALLEY,

 EVERYONE

 WORKS 

TOGETHER 

TO EXCEED 

EXPECTATIONS 

AND CREATE

 CUSTOMERS 

WHO CHAMPION

 OUR BRAND.

challenge employees so they can develop 
their talents, achieve their aspirations, and 
contribute a meaningful body of work.

We also reinvigorated our successful 
Employee Referral program, proving that 
the best testimonial for employment at Oak 
Valley is a happy employee. By growing and 
enriching our staff with well-acquainted 
members, we can engender the right qual-
ities and maintain customer continuity—
since most are happier working together 
with peers who have similar work ethic 
and values. We also enjoy the benefits of 
long-term employees, who know the bank, 
its customers, and are committed to our 
philosophy of relationship banking.

BUILDING OUR  
COMMUNITIES

OAK VALLEY has historically helped fund 
many businesses and organizations that 
form the foundation of the communities 
in which we operate. Each year, we expand 
our service offering within our footprint 
and often into adjacent territories. As we 
continue to grow, we are eager to pursue 
opportunities to lend in our future service 
area to further diversify our loan portfolio 
from a geographic perspective. Recently, 
it’s become common to find our lending 
team providing financing solutions for 
large projects stretching from Fresno to 
Sacramento and occasionally beyond. From 
agricultural production and orchard devel-
opment loans to financing for processing 
facilities, manufacturing plants, medical 
centers, churches and colleges, Oak Valley 

is dedicated to helping our customers build 
their projects and businesses in a way that 
is mutually beneficial. 

ACCOLADES FOR A JOB WELL DONE
Oak Valley was recognized by Success 
Capital Expansion and Development 
Corporation as their “Most Active SBA 
504 Lending Partner in 2017.” In addition, 
Success Capital announced that Mike 
Petrucelli, Vice President, Commercial 
Loan Officer was named the “Most Active 
504 Lender” for 2017. Both distinctions 
covered lending activity in San Joaquin, 
Stanislaus, Merced, Mariposa, and 
Calaveras Counties.

FUELING SMALL BUSINESS – THE 

LIFEBLOOD OF THE COMMUNITY
The awards represent our dedication to 
helping our business partners grow and 
succeed, and demonstrate the bank’s 
commitment to providing quality service to 
clients. The bank works with Success Capital 

to offer low down payment and 
fixed rate financing, via the SBA 
504 Loan Program, for business 
owners to purchase or build 
facilities for their businesses.

CREATING GOODWILL
As always, Oak Valley is a perennial bene-
factor to many charitable organizations that 
help our communities thrive, including Hab-
itat for Humanity, Opportunity Stanislaus, 
Turlock Gospel Mission, Children’s Guardian 
Home and Children’s Crisis Center, Boy & 
Girl Scout Clubs of America, Center for Hu-
man Services, Second Harvest Food Bank, 
Salvation Army, and many more. 

Many of our bank employees serve on 
the boards of these organizations, helping 
to shape policies and programs that benefit 
the most people in a caring and humane way. 
This “service above self” is a culture that 
permeates the bank in everything we do.

GROWING 

SMALL 

BUSINESSES 

GOES HAND 

IN HAND 

WITH 

HELPING OUR 

COMMUNITIES.

The Raymond James  
Community Bankers Cup

DIRECTORS
Janet S. Pelton
Chairman of the Board
Chairman Audit Committee 
Certified Public Accountant 

Danny L. Titus
Vice Chairman of the Board
Chairman CRA Committee
Real Estate and Investments

Donald L. Barton
Chairman Investment 
Committee
Agribusinessman

Christopher M. Courtney
President and CEO
Oak Valley  
Community Bank

James L. Gilbert
Chairman Nominating 
Committee
Feed and Seed Business

Thomas A. Haidlen
Automobile Dealer

H. Randolph Holder
Media Company Executive 

Michael Q. Jones
General Contracting, Land 
Development and General  
Real Estate

Allison C. Lafferty
Attorney

Daniel J. Leonard
Chairman Compensation 
Committee 
Chairman Loan Committee
Winery Executive

Ronald C. Martin
Retired Bank Executive

Terrance P. Withrow
Certified Public Accountant  
and Farmer

DIRECTORS EMERITUS
Richard J. Vaughan
Agribusinessman

In Memoriam: 

Roger M. Schrimp
Attorney and Cattle Rancher

Barry M. Jett
Real Estate Investor

Arne J. Knudsen
Wholesale Nurseryman

Romain J. Schonhoff
CPA and Farmer

OFFICERS
Christopher M. Courtney
President and CEO

Rick McCarty
Senior Executive Vice 
President
Chief Operating Officer 
Corporate Secretary

Dave Harvey
Executive Vice President
Commercial Banking Group

Janis Powers
Executive Vice President
Risk Management 

Mike Rodrigues
Executive Vice President
Chief Credit Officer

Russell Stahl
Executive Vice President
Information Technology

Kim Booke
Senior Vice President
Credit Administration

Julie DeHart
Senior Vice President
Retail Banking Group

Jeff Gall
Senior Vice President  
Chief Financial Officer

Cathy Ghan
Senior Vice President
Commercial Real Estate

Bill Nunes
Senior Vice President
Marketing

Linda Spinelli
Senior Vice President
Central Operations

Gary Stephens
Senior Vice President
Senior Lending Officer

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
RSM US LLP
44 Montgomery St, Ste 3900
San Francisco, CA 94104 

LEGAL COUNSEL
Matteo G. Daste
Orrick, Herrington and 
Sutcliffe, LLP
405 Howard St
San Francisco, CA 94105

CORRESPONDENT BANK
MUFG Union Bank, N.A.
400 California St
San Francisco, CA 94104

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank
340 Pine St, Ste 401
San Francisco, CA 94104

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR
Computershare
250 Royall St
Canton, MA 02021
(800) 962-4284

MARKET MAKERS
John Cavender
Raymond James & Associates  
(415) 616-8935

Joey Warmenhoven
Wedbush Securities
(503) 922-4888

Tom Thiel
Wedbush Securities
(503) 471-6790

FOUNDERS
Steve Benak, MD
Andrea Boston-Gilbert
Gordon A. and Yvonne Brown
Robert and Beverly Brunker
William D. and Joyce A. 

Compton

Hal and Chrys Copp
Betty Dallas
Ramon A. Esslinger
Donald Fagundes
Richard A. and Susan J. Franco
Joel W. Geddes, Jr.
Harrison Gibbs
James Lawrence Gilbert
Thomas A. and  

Julia D. Haidlen
Mr. and Mrs. Walter H. 

Heckendorf
Barbara Heckendorf
Mrs. Beverly Haidlen Holloway
Leonard B. and Betty M. 

Jackson

Barry M. and Betty-Lynn Jett
Henry Kamps, Jr.
Arne and Birgitta Knudsen
Soren and Sharon Knudsen
Steven Knudsen
Joe and Joyce Martin
Della Messner
Bill and Sharon Morris
James A. Morrison III
Ben and Judy Mullins
Dr. and Mrs. J. Patrick 

Mulrooney

Thomas W. and Marsha L. Orr
Willem Postma
Mike Reed
Roger M. and Delsie Schrimp
Romain and Janette Schonhoff
Ralph P. and Margitta R. 

Sikkema, DVM

Richard D. and Ola L. Stokes
George and Ruth Thoukis
Danny L. and Suzette Titus
DeWayne F. Titus
Lynda Vaughan
Richard J. Vaughan
Jack Watkins
Gilbert O. Wymond III

D e e p   R o o t s  ~   S t r o n g   B r a n c h e s

San Francisco

80

Sacramento

Bridgeport

Stockton

Manteca

580

Ripon

Tracy

Patterson

Escalon

Sonora

Oakdale

Modesto

Turlock

99

5

Fresno

395

Mammoth
Lakes

Bishop

E A S T E R N S IER R A 
COMMUNI T Y  B ANK

BRIDGEPORT
166 Main Street
Bridgeport, CA 93517
(760) 932-7926

MAMMOTH L AK ES
307 Old Mammoth Road
Mammoth Lakes, CA 93546
(760) 924-0990

BISHOP
351 N Main Street
Bishop, CA 93514
(760) 874-BANK (2265)

www.escbank.com

AT M  ONLY  L O C AT IONS:

Crowley Lake General Store
Crowley Lake, CA

United States Marine Corps
Marine Housing Exchange
Coleville, CA

United States Marine Corps
Mountain Warfare  
Training Center  
Bridgeport, CA 

B R A N C H E S

OAK VA LLE Y   
COMMUNI T Y B ANK

OAK DALE
125 N Third Avenue
Oakdale, CA 95361
(209) 848-BANK (2265)

SONOR A-DOWNTOWN
85 Mono Way
Sonora, CA 95370
(209) 396-7720

SONOR A-E A ST
14890 Mono Way
Sonora, CA 95370
(209) 532-7100

MODESTO -12TH & I
1200 I Street
Modesto, CA 95354
(209) 549-BANK (2265)

MODESTO -DALE
4120 B Dale Road
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 758-8000

MODESTO -MCHENRY
3508 McHenry Avenue 
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 579-3360

TURLOCK
241 W Main Street
Turlock, CA 95380
(209) 633-2850

PAT TER SON
20 Plaza
Patterson, CA 95363
(209) 892-5757

STOCK TON
2935 W March Lane
Stockton, CA 95219
(209) 320-7850

RIPON
150 N Wilma Avenue
Ripon, CA 95366
(209) 599-9430

ESC ALON 
1910 McHenry Avenue
Escalon, CA 95320
(209) 821-3070

MANTEC A
191 W North Street
Manteca, CA 95336
(209) 249-7360

TR AC Y
1034 N Central Avenue
Tracy, CA 95376
(209) 834-3340

www.ovcb.com

(cid:95)(cid:95) 

(cid:134)(cid:134) 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
Commission File Number: 001-34142 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization) 
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

26-2326676 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

95361 
(Zip Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(209) 848-2265 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 

(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:134)       No  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  (cid:134) No  (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.           Yes  (cid:95)                                          No  (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit and post such files).      Yes  (cid:95)                                          No  (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of 
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:134) 

Accelerated filer (cid:95) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:134) 
(Do not check if a 
smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company (cid:134) 

Emerging growth company (cid:134) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  (cid:1798) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes  (cid:134)       No  (cid:95) 

As of June 30, 2017, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common 
stock held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant, based upon the  closing price  of  $13.90 per  share  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  as  reported by  the  NASDAQ,  was 
approximately  $94  million.  The  Registrant  did  not  qualify  as  a  smaller  reporting  company  as  of  June  30,  2017  but  is  complying  with  the  disclosure  requirements 
applicable to a smaller reporting company in this Form 10-K per SEC Release 33-8876 (Dec. 19, 2007), and the company will comply with the disclosure requirements 
applicable to an accelerated filer starting with the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018.  As of March 1, 2018, there were 8,178,005 shares of common 
stock outstanding.  

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders will filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s 

2017 fiscal year end and are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

BUSINESS 
RISK FACTORS 
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
PROPERTIES 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
OTHER INFORMATION 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

PART I 
ITEM 1 - 
ITEM 1A - 
ITEM 1B - 
ITEM 2 - 
ITEM 3 - 
ITEM 4 -  

PART II 
ITEM 5 - 

ITEM 6 - 
ITEM 7- 

ITEM 7A - 
ITEM 8 - 
ITEM 9 - 

ITEM 9A - 
ITEM 9B- 

PART III 
ITEM 10 - 
ITEM 11 - 
ITEM 12 - 

ITEM 13 - 
ITEM 14 - 

PART IV 
ITEM 15 - 
ITEM 16 -  

SIGNATURES 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

4 
19 
19 
20 
20 
20 

21 
22 

23 
55 
55 

55 
55 
56 

57 
57 

57 
57 
58 

58 
58 

59 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A 
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the 
“1934 Act”). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage 
companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide meaningful, cautionary 
statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected results. 

All statements contained in this Annual Report other than statements of historical fact, including, for example, statements 
regarding descriptions of plans or objectives of management for future operations, products or services, forecasts of our revenues, 
earnings or other measures of economic performance, our assessment of significant factors and developments that may affect our 
results, regulatory controls and processes and their impact on our business, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for 
future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue.” 
“anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan” “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events 
or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements. 

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends. 

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those listed in this 
“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and those described in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing 
environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the 
impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ 
materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and 
assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report may not occur and actual results could 
differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the 
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, 
performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our 
expectations, except as required by law. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results, 
levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

Overview of the Business 

PART I 

Oak Valley Bancorp. Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated on April 1, 2008 in California for the purpose of 
becoming Oak Valley Community Bank’s parent bank holding company. Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Bancorp acquired all of 
the outstanding capital stock of Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”) (from time to time, the Bank and the Company may be 
generally referred to as “we”, “us” or “our”). The principal office of Oak Valley Bancorp is located at 125 North Third Avenue, 
Oakdale, California 95361 and its principal telephone is (209) 848-2265. 

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, of which 8,098,605 are issued and 

outstanding at December 31, 2017, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value, of which no shares are issued and 
outstanding. 

The Company is the holding company of the Bank, and its only assets are the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, which the 

Company wholly owns, cash and income tax benefits receivable classified as other assets. 

Oak Valley Community Bank. The Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal 

Deposit Insurance Act and is a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular 
examination by the California Department of Business Oversight (DBO), the Federal Deposit Insurance Commission (FDIC) and the 
Federal Reserve Board (FRB). Since its formation, the Bank has provided basic banking services to individuals and business 
enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Bank is to offer a range of commercial banking services 
designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of the Bank: the Central Valley 
and the Eastern Sierras. 

The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers 
commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential 
and commercial lending purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain 
customary provisions for acceleration.  Traditional residential mortgages are available to Bank customers through a third party. 

The Bank offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, mobile 
banking, merchant services, night depository, extended hours, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in 
a national network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may make such 
services available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking 
relationships.  The Bank does not offer stock transfer services nor does it directly issue credit cards. 

Expansion 

Branch Expansion.    Since opening our doors of the main Oakdale branch in 1991, our network of branches and loan production 
offices have been expanded geographically. As of December 31, 2017, we maintained sixteen full-service branch offices (in addition 
to our corporate headquarters) and one loan production office. Beginning in October 1995, we started our geographic expansion 
outside of Oakdale, by opening a Loan Production Office in Sonora, California. We subsequently opened a branch in Sonora and two 
branches in Modesto.  In September 2000, we expanded into the Eastern Sierra, opening a branch in Bridgeport, California under the 
name Eastern Sierra Community Bank.  Since that time we have added branches in Mammoth Lakes and Bishop. During 2005 and 
2006, we aggressively increased our presence in the Central Valley, by opening branches in Turlock, Stockton, Patterson, Ripon and 
Escalon.  In March 2007, our corporate headquarters expanded by adding an adjacent historical building located in downtown Oakdale 
to our complex.  In 2011, we opened a third branch in Modesto and a branch in Manteca.  In 2014, we opened a new branch in Tracy.  
In 2015, we added a second branch in Sonora.  In 2017, we opened a loan production office in Sacramento.  We intend to continue our 
growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as demand dictates and 
resources permit. 

Bank Holding Company Reorganization.  Effective July 3, 2008, we entered into a bank holding company reorganization, 

whereby each outstanding share of common stock of the Bank was exchanged into a share of common stock of the Company. 
Operating our banking business within a holding company structure provides, among other things, greater operating flexibility; 
facilitates the potential acquisition of related businesses as opportunities may arise from time to time; improves our ability to diversify 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as needed; enhances our ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are 
organized in a holding company structure; and improves our ability to raise capital to support growth.   

Business Segments 

Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each 

branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment and management does not allocate resources 
based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report 
them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank. 

Primary Market Area 

We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 21,500 residents located in Stanislaus County, 
California. Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of 
the California Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to 
Sacramento, and in foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, 
Mammoth and Bridgeport.  Approximately 98% of our loans and 92% of our deposits are generated from the Central Valley.  The 
Central Valley area includes Stanislaus, San Joaquin and Tuolumne counties and has a total population of over 3 million. 

Lending Activities 

General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These 

policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield 
considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves 
our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic 
loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and 
regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including: 

(cid:120) commercial real estate loans, 

(cid:120) commercial business lending and trade finance, 

(cid:120) Small Business Administration lending, and 

(cid:120) consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans. 

As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California 

Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products 
we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded suite of technology based services and new types of 
lending. 

Loan Procedures.    Loan applications may be approved by the Director Loan Committee of our Board of Directors, or by our 

management or lending officers, to the extent of their loan authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our 
President and Chief Credit Officer are responsible for evaluating the authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending 
lending limits for all other officers to the board of directors for approval. 

We grant individual lending authority to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Credit Administrator and to some 

department managers and loan officers. Our highest management lending authority is combined administrative lending authority for 
unsecured and secured lending of $2,500,000, which requires the joint approval of either Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit 
Officer, Senior Lending Officer and Credit Administrator.  Loans for which direct and indirect borrower liability exceeds combined 
administrative lending authority are referred to our Board of Directors Loan Committee. 

At December 31, 2017, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits were $14.1 million for unsecured loans plus an additional 
$9.4 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a bank 
from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital plus the 
allowance for loan losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s primary capital plus allowance 
for loan losses at December 31, 2017 totaled $93.9 million. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan 

application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash 
flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of 
accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral 
value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser. 

Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing 
commercial properties, such as office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, shopping centers,  automotive industry 
facilities and multiple dwellings. At December 31, 2017, real estate loans constituted 84% of our loan portfolio, of which 93% were 
commercial loans.   

Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and 

loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a 
prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of the date of the loan. 

Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income producing properties that generally have terms 
of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually 
require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan to value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value. 

Miniperm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income 
producing properties. We also offer miniperm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Miniperm loans are generally 
made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years. 

Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real properties. They 

generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 10 years.  

We purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions from time to time. These loans are subject to the 

same underwriting criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us. 

Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity 
lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties 
collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley and the Eastern 
Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear  interest rates that float with an established index. 

Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate 

fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan 
structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our 
loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would 
reduce our profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, 
which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of 
commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  However, we strive to reduce the exposure 
to such risks and seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan 
renewal individually, (b) using a dual signature approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar 
amount, (c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-
value ratio requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) 
conducting external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan 
request on the basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our 
entire portfolio, evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate 
exposure derived from simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner occupied 
or non-owner occupied), product type, geography and size. 

As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 48.6%.  Historical data 

suggests that the Bank continues to maintain strong LTV, which has served as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real estate 
values.  Non-owner occupied real estate comprises 39.9% of the Bank’s total commitments, as of December 31, 2017.  The loan-to-
value on the non-owner occupied segment was 44.4%, as of December 31, 2017.  The highest concentration by product type is office 
buildings, which comprised 22.8% of total CRE loan commitments outstanding, as of December 31, 2017.   

Our portfolio diversity in terms of both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a 

low aggregate loan-to-value and a high percentage of owner-occupied properties, significantly mitigate the risks associated with 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
excessive commercial real estate concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio despite the 
current weakness in the real estate market.   

         Commercial Business Lending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an 
emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to 
finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or 
inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific 
guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios. 

Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are 

secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear 
an interest rate that floats with the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index. 

Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the 
purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset 
being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates, which either floats with the prime rate, LIBOR or another established 
index or is fixed for the term of the loan. 

Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, 

(ii) significant interest rate fluctuations; and (iii) the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to 
reduce the exposure to such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a dual signature 
approval system, (c) mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In 
addition, we monitor loans based on short-term asset values on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of the 
relationship, we receive and review the financial statements of our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly 
respond to any deterioration that we note. 

Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration, or SBA, lending, forms an important part of 

our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the 
geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. As an 
SBA lender, we enable borrowers to obtain SBA loans in order to acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire 
locations in which to do business. 

Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, 
revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an 
effort to diversify our product line. 

Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including: 

(cid:120) amount of credit offered to consumers in the market, 

(cid:120) interest rate increases, and 

(cid:120) consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts. 

We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by: 

(cid:120) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, 

(cid:120) using a dual signature system of approval, 

(cid:120) strictly adhering to written credit policies and, 

(cid:120) performing external independent credit review. 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds 

Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of 

funds, whereas deposit inflows, outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. 
Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the 
industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows: 

(cid:120) on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and 

(cid:120) on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets. 

We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These 

accounts include certificates of deposit, or “CDs”, regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, savings 
accounts, health savings accounts and individual retirement accounts, or “IRAs”. These accounts generally earn interest at rates 
established by management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to increase or decrease certain types or 
maturities of deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered deposits. The more significant deposit 
accounts offered by us are described below: 

Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years.  The substantial majority of our 

CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and pay compounded interest typically credited monthly or at maturity. 

Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited ATM and in-branch deposits and withdrawals. 

Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 

Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained 

in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 

Checking Accounts.    Checking accounts are generally non-interest and interest bearing accounts, respectively, and may include 

service fees based on activity and balances.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow 

funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances as 
part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer term fixed rate loans held in 
the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy. 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a 
predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted investment security that can only be sold to other Federal Home 
Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2017, we owned $3,377,000 in FHLB stock. 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes 
residential and commercial loans.  At December 31, 2017, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately 
$249 million. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet and Mobile Banking 

Since August 1, 2001, we have offered Internet banking services, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts 
through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts, make 
person-to-person payments and make on-line bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and 
delivery channels as the need arises and our resources permit.  Mobile Banking was introduced in June of 2011, which offers many of 
the same services as internet banking but also includes mobile check deposit. 

Other Services 

We offer ATMs located at branch offices as well as three other ATMs at various off site locations, and customer access to an 

ATM network.  Additionally, we offer remote deposit capture service to allow commercial deposit customers the convenience of 
scanning check deposits for quicker access to deposited funds.  

Marketing 

Our marketing relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, 
officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high 
degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach 
emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally managed and state chartered bank to meet the particular needs of 
consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services 
with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our 
business plan, where appropriate. 

We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business, which would require a material amount of capital 

investment on our part. 

Competition 

Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, 
Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties, of California.  The banking business in California generally, and in our primary 
service area, specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of 
major banks which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, JP 
Morgan Chase Bank and Bank of the West. We compete for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with savings 
and loan associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, offerors of money market 
accounts and other lending institutions. 

Among the advantages of these institutions are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their 
investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international banking and trust 
services which are not offered directly by the Company and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have 
substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate banking 
legislation there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions for the 
deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses. 

As of June 30, 2017, our primary service areas contained 169 banking offices, with approximately $15.8 billion in total 
deposits.  As of June 30, 2017, we had total deposits of approximately $926 million, which represented approximately 5.9% of the 
total deposits in the Bank’s primary service area.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain its competitive position 
against current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank.  The four largest competing banks had 
65 total branches and deposits averaged approximately $141 million per office as of June 30, 2017 within the Bank’s primary service 
area. 

In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that 
our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts 
by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange 
for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do 
not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to 
compete with other financial institutions will be successful. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, 

such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, 
increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual 
funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance 
software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are 
offered to customers. 

Other Competitive Factors.     The more general competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and 
competition. Strong competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at 
highly profitable customer segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide 
customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between 
financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and 
increase revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which 
permit banking organizations to expand geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state 
institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities 
firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions. 

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, 

for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were 
previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and 
channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, mobile devices, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches. 

Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets 

or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 84% of our loan portfolio held for investment at December 
31, 2017 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, miniperm loans, real estate mortgage loans and 
commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, with 
the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties.  Consequently, our results 
of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central California economies and, in particular, the 
residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Central California exposes us to 
greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and 
floods in this region. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2017, we had 175 employees (149 full-time employees and 26 part-time employees). None of our employees 

are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.   

Economic Conditions and Legislative and Regulatory Developments 

As it is the case with financial institutions with our size and scope, our profitability primarily depends on interest rate 

differentials. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control and cannot be predicted, such as inflation, 
recession and unemployment, and the impact that future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the 
Company.  A more detailed discussion of the Company’s interest rate risks and the mitigation of those risks is included in Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government and the policies of regulatory 
agencies.  The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as maintaining price stability, 
stimulating growth and reducing unemployment) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the 
required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target Federal funds and 
discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence 
the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on 
interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted. 

From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted that may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing 
business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services 
providers. In response to the economic downturn and financial industry instability, legislative and regulatory initiatives were, and are 
expected to continue to be, introduced and implemented, which substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services 
industry.  Moreover, in light of the economic environment over the last three to five years, bank regulatory agencies have responded to 
concerns and trends identified in examinations.  While their response resulted in the increased issuance and continuation of 
enforcement actions against financial institutions towards the end of the last decade and into the beginning of this decade, the level of 
such actions compared to the peak in 2010 has decreased. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Supervision and Regulation in General 

The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other 

things, to protect depositors insured by the FDIC and the entire banking system. These regulations affect our lending practices, 
consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.  

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.  The Company and the Bank are each subject to supervision 

and regulation by a number of federal and state agencies and regulatory bodies, as outlined below.  

Upon effectiveness of the bank holding company reorganization on July 2, 2008, the Company became subject to regulation 
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). As a bank holding company, the Company is regulated and is 
subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. It is also subject to the California Financial Code, as 
well as limited oversight by the DBO and the FDIC. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is 
required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. The BHCA regulates the activities of holding 
companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of 
allowable banking activities. 

As a California-state chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the DBO and the 
Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks.  The Bank is also subject 
to regulation by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law.   If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the 
Federal Reserve Board determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, 
liquidity or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory, or that it or its management is violating or has violated any law or 
regulation, various remedies are available to the Federal Reserve Board. Such remedies include the power to: enjoin “unsafe or 
unsound” practices; require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; issue an 
administrative order that can be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; restrict growth; assess civil monetary penalties; 
remove officers and directors; institute a receivership; and, ultimately terminate the bank’s deposit insurance, which would result in a 
revocation of its charter. The DBO separately holds many of the same remedial powers. 

The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the 
policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, also known as the FRB or the Federal Reserve Board. As a member 
of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The 
regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to 
dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, 
reserves against deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FRB is generally intended 
to protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. The Federal Reserve Board implements national 
monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States 
Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and 
by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these 
areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. 
Indirectly such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any 
future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted. 

The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state 
legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the 
cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other 
financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding 
companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank 
regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be 
predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings. 

The federal and state bank regulatory agencies may respond to concerns and trends identified in examinations by issuing 
enforcement actions to, and entering into cease and desist orders, consent orders and memoranda of understanding with, financial 
institutions requiring action by management and boards of directors to address credit quality, liquidity, risk management and capital 
adequacy concerns, as well as other safety and soundness or compliance issues. Banks and bank holding companies are also subject to 
examination and potential enforcement actions by their state regulatory agencies. 

11 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank Holding Company and Bank Regulation 

Bank  holding  companies  and  their  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  significant  regulation  and  restrictions  by  Federal  and  State  laws  and 
regulatory  agencies.   Federal  and  State  laws,  regulations  and  restrictions,  which  may  affect  the  cost  of  doing  business,  limit 
permissible  activities  and  expansion  or  impact  the  competitive  balance  between  banks  and  other  financial  services  providers,  are 
intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund (“DIF”), and secondarily for the stability of 
the U.S. banking system. They are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. The following discussion of 
key statutes and regulations to which the Company and the Bank are subject is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor 
does  it  address  all  applicable  statutes  and  regulations.  This  discussion  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  statutes  and 
regulations referred to in this discussion. 

The wide range of requirements and restrictions contained in both Federal and State banking laws include: 

(cid:0)           Requirements  that  bank  holding  companies  serve  as  a  source  of  strength  for  their  banking  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  the 
regulatory agencies have “prompt corrective action” authority to limit activities and order an assessment of a bank holding 
company if the capital of a bank subsidiary falls below capital levels required by the regulators. 

(cid:0)          Limitations on dividends payable to shareholders.  A substantial portion of the Company’s funds to pay dividends or to pay 
principal and interest on our debt obligations is derived from dividends paid by the Bank.  The Company’s and the Bank’s 
ability to pay dividends is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions.  The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit 
bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. 

(cid:0)           Limitations  on  dividends  payable  by  bank  subsidiaries.   These  dividends  are  subject  to  various  legal  and  regulatory 
restrictions.  The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depositary institution’s capital 
base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.  Moreover, the federal agencies have issued 
policy  statements  that  provide  that  bank  holding  companies  and  insured  banks  should  generally  only  pay  dividends  out  of 
current operating earnings. 

(cid:0)          Safety and soundness requirements. Banks must be operated in a safe and sound manner and meet standards applicable to 
internal controls, information systems,  internal audit, loan  documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure,  asset 
growth and compensation, as well as other operational and management standards. These safety and soundness requirements 
give  bank  regulatory  agencies  significant  latitude  in  exercising  their  supervisory  authority  and  their  authority  to  initiate 
informal or formal enforcement action. 

(cid:0)          Requirements for approval of acquisitions and activities. Prior approval or non-objection of the applicable federal regulatory 
agencies is required for most acquisitions and mergers and in order to engage in certain non-banking activities and activities 
that  have  been  determined  by  the  Federal  Reserve  to  be  financial  in  nature,  incidental  to  financial  activities,  or 
complementary  to  a  financial  activity.   Laws  and  regulations  governing  state-chartered  banks  contain  similar  provisions 
concerning acquisitions and activities. 

(cid:0)           The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (the  “CRA”).   The  CRA  requires  that  banks  help  meet  the  credit  needs  in  their 
communities, including the availability of credit to low and moderate income individuals. If the Company or the Bank fails to 
adequately  serve  their  communities,  penalties  may  be  imposed,  including  denials  of  applications  for  branches,  to  add 
subsidiaries and affiliates, or to merge with or purchase other financial institutions.  

(cid:0)           The  Bank  Secrecy  Act,  the  USA  Patriot  Act,  and  other  anti-money  laundering  laws.  These  laws  and  regulations  require 
financial institutions to assist U.S. Government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and other illegal acts 
by  maintaining  policies,  procedures  and  controls  designed  to  detect  and  report  money  laundering,  terrorist  financing,  and 
other suspicious activity. 

(cid:0)          Limitations on the amount of loans to one borrower and its affiliates and to executive officers and directors. 

(cid:0)          Limitations on transactions with affiliates. 

(cid:0)          Restrictions on the nature and amount of any investments in, and ability to underwrite certain securities. 

(cid:0)          Requirements for opening of branches intra- and interstate. 

(cid:0)          Fair lending and truth in lending laws to ensure equal access to credit and to protect consumers in credit transactions. 

12 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(cid:0)          Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) and other federal and state laws dealing with privacy for 

nonpublic personal information of customers. 

The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both the Company and the Bank. 
The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses 
the various risks associated with these issues. The following discussion is not meant to cover all applicable rules and regulations and it 
is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, rules and regulations which may change from time to time.  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act 

The events of the past several  years  have led to numerous new laws and regulatory pronouncements in the United States and 
internationally  for  financial  institutions.  The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (“Dodd-Frank  Act”), 
enacted in 2010, is one of the most far reaching legislative actions affecting the financial services industry in decades and significantly 
restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  broadly  affects  the  financial  services  industry  by  creating  new  resolution  authorities,  requiring  ongoing 
stress testing of capital, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, increasing regulation of executive and incentive-based 
compensation  and  requiring  numerous  other  provisions  aimed  at  strengthening  the  sound  operation  of  the  financial  services  sector 
depending, in part, on the size of the financial institution. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for: 

(cid:0)         capital  standards  applicable  to  bank  holding  companies  may  be  no  less  stringent  than  those  applied  to  insured  depository 

institutions; 

(cid:0)        annual stress tests and early remediation or so-called living wills are required for larger banks with more than $50 billion of 
assets as well risk committees of their boards of directors that include a risk expert and such requirements may have the effect 
of establishing new best practices standards for smaller banks; 

(cid:0)         trust  preferred  securities  must  generally  be  deducted  from  Tier 1  capital  over  a  three-year  phase-in  period  which  ended  in 
2016,  although  depository  institution  holding  companies  with  assets  of  less  than  $15  billion  as  of  year-end  2009  were 
grandfathered with respect to such securities for purposes of calculating regulatory capital; 

(cid:0)         the  assessment  base  for  federal  deposit  insurance  was  changed  to  consolidated  assets  less  tangible  capital  instead  of  the 
amount of insured deposits, which generally increased the insurance fees of larger banks, but had relatively less impact on 
smaller banks; 

(cid:0)         repeal of the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, including business checking accounts, and 

made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance; 

(cid:0)         the establishment of the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with responsibility for promulgating regulations 
designed to protect consumers’ financial interests and prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices by financial 
institutions,  and  with  authority  to  directly  examine  those  financial  institutions  with  $10  billion  or  more  in  assets  for 
compliance with the regulations promulgated by the CFPB; 

(cid:0)         limits,  or  places  significant  burdens  and  compliance  and  other  costs,  on  activities  traditionally  conducted  by  banking 
organizations, such as originating and securitizing mortgage loans and other financial assets, arranging and participating in 
swap and derivative transactions, proprietary trading and investing in private equity and other funds; and 

(cid:0)          the  establishment  of  new  compensation  restrictions  and  standards  regarding  the  time,  manner  and  form  of  compensation 
given  to  key  executives  and  other  personnel  receiving  incentive  compensation,  including  documentation  and  governance, 
proxy access by stockholders, deferral and claw-back requirements. 

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have adopted regulations to (i) increase capital requirements on banks and 
bank  holding  companies  pursuant  to  Basel  III,  and  (ii) implement  the  so-called  “Volcker  Rule”  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  which 
significantly restricts certain activities by covered bank holding companies, including restrictions on proprietary trading and private 
equity investing. 

13 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Many of the regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act have not yet been published for comment or adopted in final form and 
a number of the regulations that have been adopted in final form will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the 
overall  financial  impact  on  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  our  customers  or  the  financial  industry  more  generally.   Individually  and 
collectively, these regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially and adversely affect the Company’s and the Bank’s 
business, financial condition, and results of operations.  Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements 
of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. 

Volcker Rule 

The final rules adopted on December 10, 2013, to implement a part of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker 
Rule”, prohibit insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions (“banking entities”) from 
engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on these instruments, for 
their own account. The final rules also impose limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or 
private  equity  funds.  These  rules  became  effective  on  April 1,  2014.   Certain  collateralized  debt  obligations  (“CDOs”),  securities 
backed by trust preferred securities  which  were initially defined as covered funds subject to the investment prohibitions, have been 
exempted  to  address  the  concern  that  many  community  banks  holding  such  CDOs  securities  may  have  been  required  to  recognize 
significant losses on those securities. 

Like  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  the  final  rules provide  exemptions  for  certain  activities,  including  market  making,  underwriting, 
hedging, trading in government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity 
funds. The final rules also clarify that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian. 

The  compliance  requirements  under  the  final  rules vary  based  on  the  size  of  the  banking  entity  and  the  scope  of  activities 
conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program and their 
CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. Independent testing 
and analysis of an institution’s compliance program will also be required. The final rules reduce the burden on smaller, less-complex 
institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered 
trading  activities  will  not  need  to  establish  a  compliance  program.  The  Company  and  the  Bank  held  no  investment  positions  at 
December 31, 2017 or 2016 that  were subject to the final rule.  Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain 
internal analysis and reporting, we believe that they will not require any material changes in our operations or business. 

Capital Adequacy Requirements 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various capital requirements administered by state and federal banking 

agencies.  Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by 
regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors. 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that 

reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as 
assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and 
credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 
0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the 
category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required. 

The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon capital accords of the internal Basel Committee on Bank 

Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized 
countries that develops broad policy guidelines, which each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they 
apply to their home jurisdiction.  In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international 
capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified as “Basel III.” Basel III, when fully phased-in, would require bank holding 
companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital than currently required, with a greater emphasis on 
common equity. The Basel III capital framework, among other things: 

•      introduces as a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), more commonly known in the United States as “Tier 

1 Common,” and defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not 
to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations; 

14 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
•      when fully phased in, requires banks to maintain: (i) a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to 

risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer 
is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (ii) an additional “SIFI buffer” 
for those large institutions deemed to be systemically important, ranging from 1.0% to 2.5%, and up to 3.5% under certain conditions; 
(iii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to 
the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full 
implementation); (iv) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 
capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a 
minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (v) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum 
leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as 
the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and 

•     an additional “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess 
aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation 
buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented. 

In July 2014, the U.S. banking agencies approved the U.S. version of Basel III. The federal bank regulatory agencies adopted 
version of Basel III revises the risk-based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to 
make them consistent with Basel III and to meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.   Although many of the rules contained in 
these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased in basis to all 
banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank.  Among other things, the rules establish a new minimum common equity 
Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and 
a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks). The new additional capital 
conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and 
must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses.  The 
additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions.  The new rules assign higher risk 
weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that 
finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The rules also change the permitted composition of Tier 1 
capital to exclude trust preferred securities, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and 
losses on available for sale debt and equity securities (with a one-time opt out option for Standardized Banks (banks with less than 
$250 billion of total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion of foreign exposures)).  The rules, including alternative requirements 
for smaller community financial institutions like the Company, would be phased in through 2019.  The implementation of the Basel III 
framework for the Company and the Bank commenced on January 1, 2015. 

The Bank is well capitalized. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 11.3% and 

11.3%, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.3% and 10.2%, and our Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.3% 
and 10.2%, respectively.   

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount 

of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five 
categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of 
Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are 
required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant 
to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the 
volume and severity of problem loans. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank’s Leverage Capital Ratios were 8.4% and 8.1%, 
respectively. 

Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions 
whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected 
to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. 

A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the 

appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically 
undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment. 

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a 
bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so 
would make the Bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required 
to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if 

15 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, 
forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and 
prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FRB approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized 
banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a 
conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized. 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by 

federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any 
condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance 
of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the 
issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-
affiliated” parties. 

Dividends 

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code 

(the “Code”).  Prior to any distribution from the Bank to the Company, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions 
of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DBO and the FRB. In the event that the 
intended distribution from the Bank to the Company exceeds the restriction in the Code, advance approval from FRB is required.  
Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide dividends to the Company to meet its cash 
requirements for 2018. 

Safety and Soundness Standards 

Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository 

institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and 
documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies 
in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to 
meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute 
enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted. 

Deposit Insurance and FDIC Insurance Assessments 

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The 

Dodd-Frank Act made the deposit insurance coverage permanent at the $250,000 level retroactive to January 1, 2008. 

On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changes the FDIC insurance assessment 

base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 
capital.  Since the new base is larger than the current base, the new rule lowers assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on 
the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The change was 
effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. Since we have a solid core deposit base and do not rely heavily on borrowings 
and brokered deposits, the benefit of the lower assessment rate (which has dropped by approximately half for us) significantly 
outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base. 

Community Reinvestment Act 

We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the Community Reinvestment Act, or “CRA”. The 
CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local 
communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a 
financial institution meets its community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, 
among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a 
bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system, which bases CRA 
ratings on the Company’s actual lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution 
conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection 
with its assessment of CRA performance, the FRB assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
noncompliance.” Our CRA performance is evaluated by the FRB under the intermediate small bank requirements.  The FRB’s last 
CRA performance examination was performed on us and completed in September of 2016 and we received an overall “Satisfactory” 
CRA Assessment Rating. 

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and 

report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and 
terrorism. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 
Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account 
relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, 
foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities.  We have extensive controls to comply with these requirements. 

Privacy and Data Security 

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer 
privacy.  The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has 
been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure.  Financial institutions are further required to disclose 
their privacy policies to consumers annually.  The GLBA also directs federal regulators to prescribe standards for the security of 
consumer information.  We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security 
breach.  We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having certain personal financial 
information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties.  We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the 
confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal.  Customers must be notified when unauthorized 
disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused. 

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations 

Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations.  

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning 
interest rates. The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, and consumer protection statutes 
and regulations, such as the: 

(cid:120)  Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; 
(cid:120)  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public 
officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the 
community it serves; 

(cid:120)  Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in 

extending credit; 

(cid:120)  Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; 
(cid:120)  Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; 
(cid:120)  Truth in Savings Act; and 
(cid:120) 

rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws. 

The operations of the Bank are also subject to the: 

(cid:120)  Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and 

prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; 

(cid:120)  Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and 
withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller 
machines and other electronic banking services; 

(cid:120)  Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital 

check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and 

(cid:120)  The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires financial institutions to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money 
laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements 
that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control 
regulations. 

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may 

incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve. 

Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates 

Transactions between the Company and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of 

the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank’s “covered transactions” with 
the Company, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from the 
Company. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. 
Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and the Company with FRB 
interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”. The Sarbanes-

Oxley Act addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters relating to the operations of public companies. During 
2003, the Commission issued a number of regulations under the directive of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act significantly increasing public 
company governance-related obligations and filing requirements, including: 

(cid:120) the establishment of an independent public oversight of public company accounting firms by a board that will set auditing, 
quality and ethical standards for and have investigative and disciplinary powers over such accounting firms, 

(cid:120) the enhanced regulation of the independence, responsibilities and conduct of accounting firms which provide auditing services 
to public companies, 

(cid:120) the increase of penalties for fraud related crimes, 

(cid:120) the enhanced disclosure, certification, and monitoring of financial statements, internal financial controls and the audit process, 
and 

(cid:120) the enhanced and accelerated reporting of corporate disclosures and internal governance. 

Furthermore, in November 2003, in response to the directives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NASDAQ adopted substantially 

expanded corporate governance criteria for the issuers of securities quoted on the NASDAQ markets. The new NASDAQ 
rules govern, among other things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and internal governance of listed companies 
and of the authority, role and responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of “independent” members of such boards 
of directors, in the areas of nominations, corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal financial 
control processes. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Commission rules promulgated thereunder, and the new NASDAQ governance requirements have 
required the Company to review its current procedures and policies to determine whether they comply with the new legislation and its 
implementing regulations. The Company is primarily responsible for ensuring compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and the NASDAQ 
governance rules, as applicable. 

Securities Laws and Corporate Governance 

The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, both as administered by the 
SEC. As a company listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Company is subject to NASDAQ listing standards for listed 
companies. 

As discussed above, we are also subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and other federal and 
state  laws  and  regulations  which  address,  among  other  issues,  required  executive  certification  of  financial  presentations,  corporate 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
governance  requirements  for  board  audit  committees  and  their  members,  and  disclosure  of  controls  and  procedures  and  internal 
control over financial reporting, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate 
information. NASDAQ has also adopted corporate governance rules, which are intended to allow shareholders and investors to more 
easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and their directors. 

Finally, the  Company is subject to the provisions of the  California  General  Corporation Law,  while  the Bank is also subject to the 
California Financial Code provisions. 

Environmental Regulations 

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with 

respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 
investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to 
investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or 
remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to 
common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the 
property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of 
operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation 

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional 
initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies 
in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial 
institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking 
regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, 
or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby. 

Available Information 

The Company maintains an Internet website at http://www.ovcb.com.  The Company makes available its annual reports on 
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and other information related to the Company free of charge, through this site as soon as 
reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes them to, the SEC. The Company’s 
website also contains its Committee Charters, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines.  The 
Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this 
annual report on Form 10-K. 

In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from: 

Corporate Secretary 
Oak Valley Bancorp  
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
209-844-7578 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our main office is located in a complex at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361, in downtown Oakdale and houses our 

primary loan production, operations, and administrative offices.  The building has an automated teller machine and onsite parking.  
The Company’s Oakdale complex includes the adjacent corporate headquarter building and occupies approximately 20,000 square feet 
of space.   

Property Location and Address 

Oakdale, 125 North Third Ave. 
Oakdale, 338 F Street 
Sonora, 14580 Mono Way 
Modesto, 12th & I Street 
Bridgeport, 166 Main Street 
Mammoth Lakes, 307 Old Mammoth Road   
Bishop, 351 North Main Street 
Modesto, 4120 Dale Road 
Turlock, 2001 Geer Road 
Patterson, 20 Plaza Circle 
Escalon, 1910 McHenry Ave. 
Ripon, 150 North Wilma Ave. 
Stockton, 2935 West March Lane 
Modesto, 3508 McHenry Ave. 
Manteca, 191 W. North Street 
Tracy, 1034 N. Central Ave. 
Sonora, 85 Mono Way 
Sacramento, 455 Capital Mall, Suite 235 

Square 
Footage 

Lease 
Expiration Date 

Lease 
Extension Options 

9,600  
9,860   
2,500   
4,500   
2,875  
1,856  
3,680   
4,500   
2,400   
2,100   
3,500   
1,800   
8,000   
5,400  
2,800  
5,000  
4,000  
576  

n/a* 
n/a* 
4/2018 
3/2021 
n/a* 
n/a* 
8/2019 
3/2021 
1/2020 
n/a* 
4/2021 
12/2020 
12/2022 
n/a* 
5/2021 
7/2024 
12/2030 
n/a** 

n/a* 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 
one, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
n/a* 
one, 5-year term extensions 
one, 5-year term extensions 
one, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
two, 5-year term extensions 
No remaining extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
n/a* 
one, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
two, 5-year term extensions 
n/a** 

* The Company owns this property. 
** This is a loan production office on a month-to-month rent agreement.  

Management has determined that all of its premises are adequate for its present and anticipated level of business. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Our 
management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses 
on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable. 

To our knowledge, there are no material litigation matters pending at the current time. Although the results of any such litigation 

matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not 
have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

Not applicable. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.”  The following table sets forth the 

high and low sales prices of our common stock, based on inter-dealer prices that do not include retail markups, markdowns or 
commissions, and cash dividends declared for the two calendar years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  From time to 
time, during the periods indicated, trading activity in our common stock was infrequent.  The source of the quotes is The NASDAQ 
Stock Market, LLC. 

For Calendar Quarter Ended 

March 31, 2016 
June 30, 2016 
September 30, 2016 
December 31, 2016 

March 31, 2017 
June 30, 2017 
September 30, 2017 
December 31, 2017 

Common Stock Sale Price 
Low 
High 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

10.40 
9.97 
10.37 
12.75 

15.28 
14.73 
16.97 
20.69 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

9.22 
9.32 
9.35 
10.25 

12.39 
13.15 
13.80 
16.27 

On March 1, 2018, the closing price of our common stock was $21.90 per share; and there were approximately 397 shareholders 
of record of the common stock and 8,179,505 outstanding shares of common stock.  The actual number of shareholders is greater than 
this number of record holders and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by 
brokers and other nominees. 

Dividends 

Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting 

certain capital requirements.  

Dividends the Company declares are subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the 

“Corporation Law”).  The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s 
retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution.  The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that 
sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make a distribution to its 
shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1 and 1/4 times 
its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings 
before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s 
interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its current liabilities.   

Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board has authority to limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies, such as the 
Company, in certain circumstances, requiring, among other things, a holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior 
to payment of a dividend if the company does not have sufficient recent earnings in excess of the proposed dividend. 

The principal source of funds from which the Company may pay dividends is the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The 

availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations.  The Bank is subject first to corporate 
restrictions on its ability to pay dividends.  Further, the Bank may not pay a dividend if it would be undercapitalized after the dividend 
payment is made.  The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the 
“Financial Code”).  The Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the 
lesser of (a) bank’s retained earnings; or (b) bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made 
by the bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period.  However, a bank 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
may, with the approval of the DBO, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (a) its retained 
earnings; (b) its net income for its last fiscal year; or (c) its net income for its current fiscal year.  In the event that the DBO determines 
that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the 
DBO may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution.  The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such 
payment would be deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the bank would be included in one of the 
“undercapitalized” categories for capital adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law. 

While the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately 
capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on 
the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular 
bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be 
supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction. 

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we 

have paid dividends in the past, it is no guarantee that we will pay cash dividends in the future.  During 2014, two cash dividends were 
paid, a $0.10 per common share dividend in January and a $0.065 per common share dividend in July.  During 2015, two cash 
dividends were paid, a $0.10 per common share dividend in January and a $0.11 per common share dividend in July.  During 2016, 
two cash dividends were paid, a $0.12 per common share dividend in January and a $0.12 per common share dividend in July.  During 
2017, two cash dividends were paid, a $0.125 per common share dividend in January and a $0.125 per common share dividend in 
July.   

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 with respect to shares of our common stock that are issued 
and currently outstanding under the Company’s 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Restated Stock Option Plan”), and the 
number of shares that are authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2008 Equity Plan (the “2008 Equity Plan”).   

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans 

Approved by Shareholders 

Equity Compensation Plans Not 
Approved by Shareholders  

Total 

A 

B 

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of Outstanding Options 

Weighted Average Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options 

C 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance Under 2008 Equity Plan 
(Excluding Securities Reflected in 
Column A) 

3,500   

$ 

0  

3,500   

$ 

5.94    

0    

5.94    

1,301,370    

0    

1,301,370    

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATION 

The following discussion of  financial condition as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and results of operations for each of the years in 
the two-year period ended December 31, 2017 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes thereto, included in this report.  Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally 
comprised of average daily balances.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and 
beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking 
statements. You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included in this report. 

Introduction 

Our continued focus on responsible community banking fundamentals and our strong customer relationships have enabled us 

to increase our market presence through growth in our loan portfolio which is primarily funded by steady core deposit growth.  

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $1 billion in total assets, $663 million in total gross loans, and $939 million 

in total deposits.   

We believe the following were key indicators of our performance during 2017: 

(cid:120)Total assets increased to $1.03 billion at the end of 2017, an increase of 3.3%, from $1.00 billion at the end of 2016.   

(cid:120) Total deposits increased to $939 million at the end of 2017, an increase of 2.7%, from $914 million at the end of 2016.   

(cid:120) Total net loans increased to $653 million at the end of 2017, an increase of 8.6%, from $601 million at the end of 2016. 

(cid:120) Net interest income increased to $34.2 million in 2017, an increase of $2.7 million or 8.4%, compared to 31.5 million in 
2016, mainly as a result of growth of our loan and investment portfolios.  

(cid:120) Provision for loan losses decreased by $134,000 to $350,000 in 2017, compared to $484,000 in 2016, mainly due to a 
decrease in loan growth and overall credit quality improvements. 

(cid:120) The ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 0.20% at December 31, 2017 from 0.50% at 
December 31, 2016.  Management considers that the size of the ratio of non-performing assets to total loans is low and 
manageable, and reserves have been taken appropriately. 

(cid:120) Total noninterest income increased to $6.0 million in 2017, an increase of 35.4%, from $4.4 million in 2016, which is 
mainly attributable to merger related settlement payments from professional service providers.   

(cid:120) Total noninterest expense increased from $24.3 million in 2016 to $24.6 million in 2017, primarily due to general operating 
costs to support our growing loan and deposit portfolios. 

(cid:120)Provision from income taxes increased by $2.7 million to $6.1 million in 2017, mainly due to increased pre-tax earnings and 
a $983,000 deferred tax asset re-measurement following the passing of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. 

These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the increase in net income for 2017 to $9.09 million from $7.67 million 

in 2016, which translates into $1.13 per diluted share in 2017 as compared to $0.95 per diluted share in 2016. 

Over the past several years, our network of branches and loan production offices have expanded geographically. We currently 

maintain sixteen full-service offices.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional 
branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 

2018 Outlook 

As we begin our strategic business plan for 2018, we remained focused on relationship based expansion throughout our 

market area.  We will continue to focus on increasing our loan-to-deposit ratio to expand our net interest margin, while attempting to 
control expenses and credit losses.   

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The decline of market interest rates to historic lows over the past years since the economic downturn in 2008, has had a 

negative impact on net interest income despite the increase recognized during 2016 and 2017, which was primarily due to growth of 
earning assets. We expect the current low interest rate environment could have a similar impact in 2018 unless interest rates continue 
to increase similar to 2017.  The potential compression of net interest income and net interest margin would be a likely outcome if 
interest rates remain static or decline, given that our balance sheet is asset sensitive to interest rate changes primarily due to the 
number of variable rate loans and a high level of interest-earning cash balances.  This could in turn result in further decrease on the 
yield of earning assets compared to the cost of deposits and other funds, which have already reached a floor which cannot reasonably 
be further reduced.   

Recent trends in our economy prompted the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee, or FOMC, to increase the target 

federal funds by 0.25% in December 2016, March 2017 and June 2007.  Given our asset sensitive balance sheet, our net interest 
income will be expected to benefit from interest rate increases, but any such benefit will be proportional to the increase in rates.  If we 
experience an increase in our yield on earnings assets we could then determine to increase the interest rates we pay on our deposit 
accounts or change our promotional or other interest rates on new deposits in marketing activation programs to attempt to achieve a 
certain net interest margin. That said, in light of the current economic environment, if the rates increase is modest, it may not be 
possible to manage the interest margin in this manner, as competitive pressures may dictate that we increase deposit rates at a faster 
rate than the earning assets increase, thereby offsetting any gains to the net interest margin. The economies and real estate markets in 
our primary market areas will continue to be significant determinants of the quality of our assets in future periods and, thus, our results 
of operations, liquidity and financial condition.   

For 2018, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business 

similar to the factors driving 2017 results as discussed in this section. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Critical accounting policies are those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of 
operations and require management's most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates 
about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that effect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial 
statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. In addition, GAAP itself may 
change from one previously acceptable method to another method, although the economics of our transactions would be the same. 

Management has determined the following accounting policies to be critical:  

Asset Impairment Judgments 

Certain of our assets are carried in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. 
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test 
for impairment of various assets. In addition to our impairment analyses related to loans, another significant impairment analysis 
relates to other than temporary declines in the value of our securities. 

Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual 

terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired and are carried at fair value or below.  Appraisals are done periodically on 
impaired loans and if required an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral less the cost related to liquidation of the 
collateral.  In some circumstances, an impaired loan may be charged off to bring the carrying value to fair value. 

Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held-for-sale and are initially recorded at 

the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs.  Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the 
allowance for loan losses, subsequent to foreclosure.  Appraisals or evaluations are then done periodically thereafter charging any 
additional write-downs or valuation allowances to the appropriate expense accounts.   

Net realizable value of the underlying collateral is the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs and any prior 
liens. Appraisals, recent comparable sales, offers and listing prices are factored in when valuing the collateral. We review and verify 
the qualifications and licenses of the certified general appraisers used for appraising commercial properties or certified residential 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
appraisers for residential properties. Real estate appraisals may utilize a combination of approaches including replacement cost, sales 
comparison and the income approach. Comparable sales and income data are analyzed by the appraisers and adjusted to reflect 
differences between them and the subject property such as type, leasing status and physical condition. When the appraisals are 
received, Management reviews the assumptions and methodology utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting value in 
conjunction with independent data sources such as recent market data and industry-wide statistics. We generally use a 6% discount for 
selling costs which is applied to all properties, regardless of size. Appraised values may be adjusted to reflect changes in market 
conditions that have occurred subsequent to the appraisal date, or for revised estimates regarding the timing or cost of the property 
sale. These adjustments are based on qualitative judgments made by management on a case-by-case basis. 

Our available for sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported 

as accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities 
portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than 
temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the 
security to fair value through a charge to current period income. The fair values of our securities are significantly affected by changes 
in interest rates. 

In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of 

fixed-rate securities will increase. With significant changes in interest rates, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security for a 
sufficient time to recover the recorded principal balance. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities 
dealers’ market values. Market volatility is unpredictable and may impact such values. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending and making commercial loans.  Accounting for our allowance for loan 

losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data and management’s view of the 
current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and adequacy of allowance for 
loan losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and approval. 

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable incurred losses with regard to our loans.  Our loan loss provision 

for each period is dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loans, 
delinquencies, management's assessment of the quality of the loans, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic 
conditions in our market area.  We base our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan 
portfolio.  

Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual 

losses and involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio, in three phases: 

(cid:120) the specific review of individual loans, 

(cid:120) the segmenting and review of loan pools with similar characteristics, and 

(cid:120) our judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors: 

The first phase of our methodology involves the specific review of individual loans to identify and measure impairment. 

We evaluate each loan by use of a risk rating system, except for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. 
Specific risk rated loans are deemed impaired if all amounts, including principal and interest, will likely not be collected in accordance 
with the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial and real estate loans is measured either based on 
the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value 
of the collateral, less selling and holding costs. 

The second phase involves the segmenting of the remainder of the risk rated loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans, 
together with loans with similar characteristics, for evaluation. We determine the calculated loss ratio to each loan pool based on its 
historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer banks. 

In the third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectability of loan portfolio and 

each group of loan pool. The factors considered are, but are not limited to: 

(cid:120) concentration of credits, 

(cid:120) nature and volume of the loan portfolio, 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:120) delinquency trends, 

(cid:120) non-accrual loan trend, 

(cid:120) problem loan trend, 

(cid:120) loss and recovery trend, 

(cid:120) quality of loan review, 

(cid:120) lending and management staff, 

(cid:120) lending policies and procedures, 

(cid:120) economic and business conditions, and 

(cid:120) other external factors. 

Our management estimates the probable effect of such conditions based on our judgment, experience and known or 

anticipated trends. Such estimation may be reflected as an additional allowance to each group of loans, if necessary. Management 
reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically 
identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may 
be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a 
specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss 
related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. 

Central to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance is our loan risk rating system. 

Under this system, the originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis of each 
borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of 
inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. 
Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition which may 
impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to 
specific loans, specific loan pools, and off-balance sheet credit exposures (which are reported separately as part of other liabilities), the 
adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

It is the policy of management to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level adequate for risks inherent in the overall 
loan portfolio, however, the loan portfolio can be adversely affected if the state of California’s economic conditions and its real estate 
market in our general market area were to further deteriorate or weaken. Additionally, further weakness of a prolonged nature in the 
agricultural and general economy would have a negative impact on the local market. The effect of such economic events, although 
uncertain and unpredictable at this time, could result in an increase in the levels of nonperforming loans and additional loan losses, 
which could adversely affect our future growth and profitability. No assurance of the level of predicted credit losses can be given with 
any certainty. 

Non-Accrual Loan Policy 

Interest on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed collectible. Accrual of interest is 

discontinued when a loan is over 90 days delinquent or if management believes that collection is highly uncertain. Generally, 
payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all principal has been 
repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals. 

Income Taxes  

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of 
the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in 
tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the 

Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013. 

Fair Value Measurements 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value 

disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if 
any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair 
value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity  that are other-than-
temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application 
of lower-of-cost or market accounting. 

We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs and 

minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market 
data, management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties 
and the application of management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures 
could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our use of fair 
value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this 
report.    

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is a converged standard involving FASB and International Financial 
Reporting Standards that provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers across 
transactions and industries. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of 
promised goods or services to customers in an amount and at a time that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be 
entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Subsequent updates related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) 
are as follows: 

(cid:120)  August 2015 ASU No. 2015-14 - Deferral of the Effective Date, institutes a one-year deferral of the effective date of this 

amendment to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. 

(cid:120)  March 2016 ASU No. 2016-08 - Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), clarifies the 

implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations and on the use of indicators that assist an entity in 
determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer. 

(cid:120)  April 2016 ASU No. 2016-10 - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, provides guidance in determining 

performance obligations in a contract with a customer and clarifies whether a promise to grant a license provides a right to 
access or the right to use intellectual property. 

(cid:120)  May 2016 ASU No. 2016-12 - Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, gives further guidance on assessing 
collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at 
transition. 

The adoption of Topic 606 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In September, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments 
(Topic 805). This ASU eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments to 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The new guidance under this update requires the cumulative impact 
of measurement period adjustments be recognized in the period the adjustment is determined. This update does not change what 
constitutes a measurement period adjustment, nor does it change the length of the measurement period. The new standard is effective 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for interim annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and should be applied prospectively to measurement period adjustments 
that occur after the effective date. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and 

Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this ASU make improvements to GAAP related to 
financial instruments that include the following as applicable to us: 

(cid:120)  Equity investments, except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation 
of the investee, are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an 
entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, 
if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar 
investment of the same issuer. 

(cid:120)  Simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a 

qualitative assessment to identify impairment - if impairment exists, this requires measuring the investment at fair value.   

(cid:120)  Eliminates the requirement for public companies to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the 

fair value that is currently required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.   

(cid:120)  Public companies will be required to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for 

disclosure purposes.   

(cid:120)  Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial 

asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements.   

(cid:120)  The reporting entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale 

securities in combination with the entity's other deferred tax assets.   

ASU 2016-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim 
periods within those fiscal years. This ASU will impact our financial statement disclosures, however, we do not expect this ASU to 
have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU was issued to increase transparency 

and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities, including leases classified as operating leases 
under previous GAAP, on the balance sheet and requiring additional disclosures of key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 
2016-02 is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and 
requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. Early application of the amendments is permitted.  While the Company has 
not quantified the impact to its balance sheet, it does expect the adoption of this ASU will result in a gross-up in its balance sheet as a 
result of recording a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for each lease, which is expected to decrease our leverage ratio by less than 
one percent.  

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). This update changes 
the  methodology  used  by  financial  institutions  under  current  U.S.  GAAP  to  recognize  credit  losses  in  the  financial  statements.  
Currently, U.S. GAAP requires the use of the incurred loss model, whereby financial institutions recognize in current period earnings, 
incurred credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.    This guidance results in a 
new  model  for  estimating  the  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  Current  Expected  Credit  Loss 
(“CECL”)  model.   Under  the  CECL  model,  financial  institutions  are  required  to  estimate  future  credit  losses  and  recognize  those 
losses in current period earnings.  The amendments within the update are effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning 
after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted.  Upon adoption of the amendments within this update, the Company will be 
required to make a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. The Company is 
currently in the process of evaluating the impact the adoption of this update will have on its financial statements.  While the Company 
has not quantified the impact of this ASU, it does expect changing from the current incurred loss model to an expected loss model will 
result in an earlier recognition of losses, and an increase to our allowance for loan losses. 

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments - 

Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 
22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings.  These amendments apply to ASU 2014-9 (Revenue from Contracts with 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customers), ASU 2016-02 (Leases), and ASU 2016-13 (Financial Instruments - Credit Losses).  The Company does not expect these 
amendments to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  Income  Statement  -  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income.  The  ASU  was  issued  to  address  certain 
stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The ASU provides 
companies  the  option  to  reclassify  stranded  tax  effects  within  AOCI  to  retained  earnings  in  each  period  in  which  the  effect  of  the 
change from the newly enacted corporate tax rate is recorded. The amount of the reclassification would be calculated on the basis of 
the  difference  between  the  historical  and  newly  enacted  tax  rates  for  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  related  to  items  within 
accumulated other comprehensive income. The ASU requires companies to disclose its accounting policy related to releasing income 
tax effects from AOCI, whether it has elected to reclassify the stranded tax effects, and information about the other income tax effects 
that are reclassified. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods, therein, 
and early adoption is permitted for public business entities for which financial statements have not yet been issued. As of December 
31, 2017, the Company adopted the ASU and made a reclassification adjustment from accumulated other comprehensive income to 
retained earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, related to the stranded tax effects due to the change in the 
federal corporate tax rate applied on the unrealized gains (losses) on investments on a portfolio basis, to reflect the provisions of this 
ASU. 

Results of Operations 

The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by 
earning  assets  less  interest  expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  second  is  noninterest  income,  which  primarily  consists  of 
deposit service charges and fees, the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance and mortgage commissions. The majority of the 
Company's noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers. 

Overview 

We recorded net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $9,094,000 or $1.13 per diluted share compared to 

$7,665,000 or $0.95 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The increase in net income for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 was primarily due to an increase of $2,655,000 in net interest income, mainly from the growth of our loan and 
investment portfolios.  Non-interest income increased by $1,563,000 in 2017, as a result of non-recurring merger related settlement 
payments, gains from the sales of an OREO and a fixed asset property and transaction based service fees from a larger volume of 
transaction deposit accounts.  The loan loss provisions decreased by $134,000 due to improved credit quality and slower loan growth 
during 2017, compared to 2016.  Partially offsetting these positive factors was an increase of $250,000 in non-interest expense 
associated with general operating overhead to support the growth of our loan and deposit portfolios, and an increase in income tax 
provision of $2,673,000 due to higher levels of pre-tax earnings and a $983,000 deferred tax asset adjustment related to the U.S. Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table: 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

For the period: 

Net income available to common shareholders 
Net income per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Return on average common equity 
Return on average assets 
Common stock dividend payout ratio of earnings during the period 
Efficiency ratio 

At period end: 

Book value per common share 
Total assets 
Total gross loans 
Total deposits 
Net loan-to-deposit ratio 

As of and for the years ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

   $ 

9,094    

   $ 

7,665   

   $ 

4,908    

   $ 
   $ 

1.13    
1.13    

   $ 
   $ 
10.41  %      
0.91  %      
22.23  %      
60.66  %      

   $ 
   $ 

0.95    
0.95    
9.43  %    
0.83  %    
25.31  %    
63.13  %    

0.61    
0.61    
6.41  % 
0.63  % 
34.54  % 
68.07  % 

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

11.21    
1,034,852    
662,544    
938,882    

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

10.19    
1,002,110    
610,949    
914,093    

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

9.69    
897,038    
541,032    
814,691    

69.55  %      

65.76  %    

65.10  % 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning 
assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix 
of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by 
changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are 
affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those 
factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, 
the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, the governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the 
Federal Reserve Board. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume Analysis” 
below. 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2017 

2016 

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income 

For the Years Ended December 31,  

 Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 Avg 
Rate/ 
Yield 

 Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 Avg 
Rate/ 
Yield 

Assets: 

Earning assets: 

   Gross loans (1) (2) 

 $        624,447  

 $     29,227  

4.68% 

 $       578,339  

 $     27,482  

4.75% 

Securities of U.S. government agencies 

15,289  

196  

1.28% 

6,460  

76  

1.18% 

   Other investment securities (2) 

156,310  

5,410  

3.46% 

140,000  

5,071  

3.62% 

Federal funds sold 

Interest-earning deposits 

Total interest-earning assets 

Total noninterest earning assets 

        Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity: 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-Earning DDA 

Money market deposits 

Savings deposits 

Time certificates over $250,000 

   Other time deposits 

Other borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

   Noninterest-bearing deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities 

Shareholders' equity 

8,997  

100  

1.11% 

7,003  

35  

0.50% 

134,411  

1,513  

1.13% 

122,996  

667  

0.54% 

939,454  

36,446  

3.88% 

854,798  

33,331  

3.90% 

62,460  

 $    1,001,914  

72,527  

 $       927,325  

200,942  

289,155  

69,348  

20,273  

31,877  

0  

292  

553  

51  

74  

95  

0  

0.15% 

0.19% 

0.07% 

0.37% 

0.30% 

1.80% 

173,223  

287,010  

74,669  

19,560  

33,356  

13  

161  

316  

117  

0.09% 

0.11% 

0.16% 

63  

0.32% 

107  

0.32% 

0  

1.51% 

611,595  

1,065  

0.17% 

587,831  

764  

0.13% 

297,364  

5,566  

302,930  

87,389  

254,001  

4,220  

258,221  

81,273  

       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

 $    1,001,914  

 $       927,325  

Net interest income 

Net interest spread (3) 

Net interest margin (4) 

 $     35,381  

 $     32,567  

3.71% 

3.77% 

3.77% 

3.81% 

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  
(2)  Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents (FTE), based on a federal marginal 

tax rate of 34.0%. 

(3) Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. 
(4) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

31 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis (FTE), increased $2,814,000 or 8.6% to $35,381,000 for the year ended 

December 31, 2017, compared to $32,567,000 in 2016.  Net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.71% and 3.77%, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 3.77% and 3.81%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 
2016.  Overall, the Company has experienced net interest margin compression since the economic downturn in 2008 for several 
reasons: 1) deposit interest rates have essentially reached a threshold from which they cannot reasonably be further reduced, 2) 
competition in the lending market has driven new loan rates down, 3) loan and investment portfolio yields have decreased due to 
contractual repricing but have stabilized over the past two years  and 4) deposit growth has out-paced loan growth and the elevated 
interest-bearing cash balances, which yielded approximately 1.13% on average during 2017, have compressed our net interest margin.   

The cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities increased slightly to 0.17% in 2017 compared to 0.13% in 2016 as our excess 
liquidity has allowed us to keep deposit rates low on a relative basis.  Average non-interest-bearing demand deposit balances increased 
by $43,363,000 in 2017 compared to 2016, which contributed in maintaining our low cost of funds.   

Our earning asset yield decreased 2 basis points in 2017 compared to 2016.  The yield on loans recognized a decrease of 7 basis 
points for 2017 compared to 2016, which was primarily due to loan repricing of variable rate loans, competitive pressure keeping rates 
low on new loans, and a decrease in loan discount accretion.  The decrease in loan yield was offset by deploying a portion of the low 
yielding cash equivalent balances into loan and investment balances which recognized increased average balances of $46,108,000 and 
$25,139,000, respectively, in 2017 as compared to 2016.  Lastly, the recent Federal Reserve interest rate hikes have had a positive 
impact to our earning asset yield given the large interest-earning cash balances we hold.  

Changes in volume resulted in an increase in net interest income (FTE) of $2,941,000 for the year of 2017 compared to the year 

2016, and changes in interest rates and the mix resulted in a decrease in net interest income (FTE) of $127,000 for the year 2017 
versus the year 2016.  Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin.   

Market rates are in part based on the FOMC target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-
term borrowings).  The change in the Federal funds sold rates is the result of target rate changes implemented by the FOMC.  In 2008, 
there were seven downward adjustments to the target rate totaling 325 basis points, bringing the target interest rate to a historic low 
with a range of 0% to 0.25% where it remained  until December 2015 when the FOMC increased by 0.25% to a range of 0.25% to 
0.50%.  The FOMC increased the Federal funds rate again in December 2016 by 0.25% to a range of 0.50% to 0.75%.  In 2017, the 
FOMC increased the Federal funds rate by 0.25% on three occasions resulting in a range of 1.25% to 1.50% as of December 31, 2017.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis 

The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the 
Company for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, information is provided on 
changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in 
rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been 
allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to the 
allocation. 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Interest income: 

Net loans (1) 

Securities of U.S. government agencies 

Other investment securities 

Federal funds sold 

Interest-earning deposits 

        Total interest income 

Interest expense: 

Interest-earning DDA 

Money market deposits 

Savings deposits 

Time certificates over $250,000 

Other time deposits 

        Total interest expense 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2017 vs. 2016 
Increases (Decreases) 
 Due to Change In 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2016 vs. 2015 
Increases (Decreases) 
 Due to Change In 

Volume 

Rate 

Total 

Volume 

Rate 

Total 

$ 

2,191  

$ 

(446) 

$ 

1,745  

$ 

5,287  

$ 

140  

$ 

5,427  

104  

591  

10  

62  

2,958  

16 

(252) 

55  

784  

157  

$ 

        26  

$ 

105  

$ 

2  

(8) 

2  

(5) 

17  

235  

(58) 

9  

(7) 

284  

120 

339  

65  

846  

3,115  

131  

237  

(66) 

11  

(12) 

301  

(31) 

832  

(17) 

30  

6,101  

(34) 

(163) 

18  

333  

294  

$ 

        26  

$ 

         50  

$ 

21  

30  

9  

2  

88  

12  

32  

28  

(61) 

61  

(65) 

669  

1  

363  

6,395  

76  

33  

62  

37  

(59) 

149  

Change in net interest income 

$ 

2,941  

$ 

(127) 

$ 

2,814  

$ 

6,013  

$ 

233  

$ 

6,246  

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.  

Provision for Loan Losses 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company establishes an allowance for loan losses through charges to 

earnings, which are shown in the consolidated statements of income as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and 
quantifiable losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level 
that it considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the 
allowance by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic 
conditions, the amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair 
value of underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio such as loan 
growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, and delinquencies. As a result of management’s analysis, a 
range of the potential amount of the allowance for loan losses is determined. 

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 mainly to provide an 
adequate loan loss reserve for the new loan fundings, as compared to provisions of $484,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.  
Nonperforming loans were $1,311,000 at December 31, 2017 and $3,037,000 at December 31, 2016, or 0.20% and 0.50%, 
respectively, of total loans.  Nonperforming loans are primarily in nonperforming real estate construction and development loans. The 
allowance for loan losses was $8,166,000 and $7,832,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, or 1.23% and 1.28%, respectively, of total 
loans. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans is due to the decrease in non-accrual loans and noted 

33 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
trends in improved credit quality.  The continued credit quality improvement has resulted in relatively low net charge-off totals of 
$16,000 in 2017 and $8,000 in 2016.   

The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make additions to the allowance in 
accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance 
for loan losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance. 

Noninterest Income 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest income for the periods indicated: 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 
Mortgage commissions 
Gains on called/sold securities 
Other income 
Total 

Noninterest Income 
(Dollars in thousands) 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

$ 

$ 

1,424   

514   
168   
395  
3,475   
5,976   

23.8%  

$ 

8.6%  
2.8%  
6.6%  
58.2%  
100.0%  

$ 

1,354   

441   
204   
52  
2,362   
4,413   

30.7%  

10.0%  
4.6%  
1.2%  
53.5%  
100.0%  

Average assets 

$ 

1,001,914   

    $ 

927,325   

Noninterest income as a % of average assets 

0.6%  

0.5%  

Noninterest income was $5,976,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $4,413,000 for the year 2016.  In 2017, 

other income increased by $1,113,000, which was attributable to merger related settlement payments of $938,000 from professional 
service providers, a $211,000 gain on sale of an OREO property, and a $108,000 gain on sale of a fixed asset property.  Gains on 
called securities increased from $52,000 in 2016 to $395,000 in 2017, mainly from one security that was called during the first quarter 
of 2017.  Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance and gains recognized a gain of $73,000 in 2017 compared to 2016, due to 
the additional life insurance policies totaling $4 million purchased on certain directors and officers during the fourth quarter of 2016.    
Service charge income increased to $1,424,000 for the year 2017 compared to $1,354,000 for the year 2016, as a result of the increase 
in the aggregate number of transaction deposit accounts and corresponding service fee income.  Mortgage commissions have 
decreased by $36,000 or 17.6% for the year 2017, as compared to 2016, as a result of the decreased demand for home purchases and 
refinancing.  The Company continues to evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings 
to the consumer and business depositors. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Expense 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated: 

Noninterest Expense 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expenses 
Data processing fees 
Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DBO) 
Other operating expenses 

Total 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

$ 

$ 

14,110   
3,346   
1,560   
492   
5,057   

24,565   

$ 

57.4%   
13.6%   
6.4%   
2.0%   
20.6%   

100.0%   

$ 

13,564   
3,284  
1,604  
643  
5,220  

24,315   

55.8%  
13.5%   
6.6%   
2.6%   
21.5%   

100.0%  

Average assets 
Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets 

$ 

1,001,914   

$ 

927,325   

2.5%   

2.6%  

Noninterest expense was $24,565,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $250,000 or 1.0% compared to 
$24,315,000 for the year ended 2016.  Salaries and employee benefits increased by $546,000 in 2017 to $14,110,000 compared to the 
prior year.  To support loan and deposit growth and continue our emphasis on superior customer service, we increased our full-time 
equivalent staff by four as of December 31, 2017 compared to last year, which resulted in increased salary expense and group medical 
insurance benefits.  Occupancy expense realized an increase of $62,000 in 2017 compared to the prior year, primarily from rent and 
other overhead expenses.   

Data  processing  costs  decreased  in  2017  over  2016  by  $44,000,  primarily  due  to  cost  efficiencies  gained  since  the  data 

systems conversion completed during the second quarter of 2016 that was related to a business combination in 2015.  

FDIC and DBO (California Department of Business Oversight) regulatory assessments decreased by $151,000 to $492,000 in 
2017 compared to $643,000 in 2016.  The initial base assessment rate for financial institutions varies based on the overall risk profile 
of the institution as defined by the FDIC and our risk profile was stable during 2016 and 2017, with a slight improvement for both 
years in asset quality metrics that are included in the risk profile.  In April of 2016 the FDIC changed the methodology for determining 
the assessment rate, which appeared on the December 31, 2016 invoice.  The result was a reduction in our assessment rate, however 
we  expect  to  be  offset  by  deposit  growth  in  2018.    The  decrease  to  our  recorded  expense  in  2017  was  despite  the  higher  deposit 
balances in 2017, as the FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly total liabilities as the primary basis. 

Other operating expenses decreased in 2017 by $163,000 compared to 2016, primarily due to a decrease in OREO expense 
from $385,000 in 2016 to $82,000 in 2017, which was partially offset by various operating expense increases that were necessary to 
support the growing loan and deposit portfolios.  

 Management anticipates that noninterest expense will continue to increase as we continue to grow, and management believes 

the Company’s administration as currently set up is scalable to handle future deposit growth.  However, management remains 
committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes 

We reported a provision for income taxes of $6,147,000 and $3,474,000 for the years 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The effective 

income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 40.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 31.2% for the 
year 2016.  Included in the 2017 tax provision is the deferred tax asset re-measurement adjustment of $983,000 related to the U.S. Tax 
Cut and Jobs Act of 2017, which lowered the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% effective for the 2018 tax year.  Excluding this 
adjustment the effective tax rate on core operations would have been 33.9% in 2017.  These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the 
applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income, and adjusted for the effects of 
all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, 
BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans).  With the exception of the deferred tax asset adjustment, the disparity between the effective tax 
rates for 2017 as compared to 2016 is primarily due to tax credits from California Enterprise Zones and low income housing projects 
as well as tax free-income on municipal securities and loans that comprised a larger proportion of pre-tax income in 2016 as compared 
to 2017. We have not been subject to an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") during these periods. 

Financial Condition 

The Company’s total assets were $1,035,000 at December 31, 2017 compared to $1,002,000 at December 31, 2016, an increase 

of $33,000 or 3.3%.  Net loans increased $51,885,000, investments increased $22,027,000, bank premises and equipment increased 
$790,000, interest receivable and other assets increased $121,000, while cash and cash equivalents decreased $41,637,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016.   

Loans gross of the allowance for loan losses and deferred fees were $662,544,000 at December 31, 2017, compared to 
$610,949,000 at December 31, 2016, an increase of $51,595,000 or 8.4%. The increase was primarily due to an increase of 
$38,295,000 or 8.0% in commercial real estate loans, an increase of $5,409,000 or 8.4% in commercial and industrial loans, a decrease 
of $1,589,000 or 14.1% in consumer loans and consumer residential loans and an increase of $9,480,000 or 33.3% in agriculture 
loans.  The composition of the loan portfolio categories remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, with commercial 
real estate comprising 78% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2017 and 2016.   

Deposits increased $24,789,000 or 2.7% to $938,882,000 at December 31, 2017 compared to $914,093,000 at December 31, 
2016.  Money Market, Savings and Time Deposits decreased by $3,301,000, $5,492,000 and $4,871,000, respectively, while Demand 
increased by $38,453,000, as of December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016.   

There were no short-term borrowing or long-term debt outstanding balances at December 31, 2017 and 2016.  The Company uses 

short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, to fund short-term liquidity needs and manage net interest margin.   

Equity increased $8,317,000 or 10.1% to $90,767,000 at December 31, 2017, compared to $82,450,000 at December 31, 2016.   

Investment Activities 

Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with 
strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing 
deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk 
management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits 
and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs. 

Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions 

The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to 

help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested.  As of 
December 31, 2017, and 2016, we had $6,205,000 and $11,785,000, respectively, in federal funds sold.   

Investment Securities 

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an 
interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities 
that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
available-for-sale.  Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-
sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an 
after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income. 

Our investment securities holdings increased by $22,027,000 or 13.7%, to $182,360,000 at December 31, 2017, compared 
to holdings of $160,333,000 at December 31, 2016.  Total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased to 17.6% as 
of December 31, 2017 compared to 16.0% at December 31, 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, $109,158,000 of the investment 
securities were pledged to secure public deposits.   

As of December 31, 2017, the total unrealized loss on securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous 

months was $316,000 with an aggregate fair value of $50,603,000.  The total unrealized loss on securities that were in a loss position 
for greater than 12 continuous months was $1,112,000 with an aggregate fair value of $29,932,000.  

The following table summarizes the book value and fair value and distribution of our investment securities as of the dates 

indicated: 

Investment Securities Portfolio 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2015 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market  
Value 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market  
Value 

Amortized 
 Cost 

Market  
Value 

$ 

29,741  

$ 

29,972  

$ 

27,879  

$ 

28,286  

$ 

31,815  

$ 

32,868  

2,628  

91,201  

11,818  

19,358  

22,866  

3,344  

2,593  

93,067  

11,850  

18,789  

22,977  

3,112  

4,159  

77,957  

7,219  

21,349  

18,888  

3,264  

4,109  

78,329  

7,168  

20,563  

18,819  

3,059  

2,729  

66,535  

811  

13,497  

10,321  

3,172  

2,719  

68,586  

806  

13,420  

10,138  

3,009  

Dollars in Thousands 

Available-for-Sale: 

U.S. agencies 
Collateralized mortgage 
obligations 

Municipal securities 

SBA Pools 

Corporate debt 

Asset backed Securities 

Mutual fund 

Total investment securities 

$ 

180,956  

   $ 

182,360  

   $ 

160,715  

   $ 

160,333  

   $ 

128,880  

   $ 

131,546  

At December 31, 2017, there was ten corporate debts, five municipalities, four U.S. agencies, two SBA pools, one asset 
backed security, one collateralized mortgage obligation and one mutual fund that comprised the total securities in an unrealized loss 
position for greater than 12 months and forty municipalities, six U.S. agencies, three asset backed securities, one collateralized 
mortgage obligation, one SBA pool and one corporate debt that make up the total securities in a loss position for less than 12 months.  
Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the 
impairment is temporary or other than temporary.  This evaluation encompasses various factors including, the nature of the 
investment, the cause of the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, credit ratings and other credit related factors 
such as third party guarantees and volatility of the security’s fair value.  Management has determined that no investment security is 
other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due primarily to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to 
sell the securities and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the 
maturity of the underlying investment security.  As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any investment securities that constituted 
10% or more of the stockholders’ equity of any third party issuer. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our investment securities at their amortized cost and 

their weighted average yields at December 31, 2017: 

Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule 

(Dollars in T housands)

Within O ne  Ye ar

Afte r O ne  But
 Within Five  Ye ars

Afte r Five  But
 Within Te n Ye ars

Afte r Te n Ye ars

Total

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Amount

Yie ld

Available -for-sale :

U.S. agencies

$

11,252

1.00 % $

3,797

4.41 % $

2,015

2.99 % $ 12,677

2.79 % $

29,741

2.33 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations

      1,101 

2.46 %

0

Municipalities

SBA Pools

Corporate debt

Asset Backed Securities

Mutual Fund

7,607

4.47 %

49,483

    11,818 

17,043

    22,866 

0

3.00 %

2.81 %

2.49 %

0.00 %

0

2,315

0

0

0.00 %

3.28 %

0.00 %

2.81 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

0

0.00 %

30,732

4.82 %

1,527

3,379

2.08 %

    2,628 

2.24 %

5.99 %

91,201

4.00 %

0

0

0

0

0.00 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

0

0

0

0.00 %

  11,818 

3.00 %

0.00 %

19,358

2.81 %

0.00 %

  22,866 

2.49 %

3,344

3.12 %

3,344

3.12 %

3.30 %

T otal Investment Securities

$

71,687

2.63 % $ 55,595

3.34 % $

32,747

4.71 % $ 20,927

3.31 % $ 180,956

Yields in the above table have been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis.  Securities are reported at the earliest possible call, 
repricing or maturity date. 

Loans 

The following table sets forth the amount of total loans outstanding (including unearned income) and the percentage distributions 

in each category, as of the dates indicated. 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

Commercial real estate 

$ 

517,150   $ 

478,855   $ 

423,047   $ 

358,398   $ 

332,874  

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Unearned income 

69,610  

689  

37,161  

37,934  

(1,389) 

64,201  

767  

38,672  

28,454  

(2,013) 

63,776  

774  

32,588  

20,847  

(3,282) 

54,051  

805  

25,464  

15,753  

(446) 

48,787  

883  

25,623  

11,272  

(624) 

Total Loans, net of unearned income 

$ 

661,155   $ 

608,936   $ 

537,750   $ 

454,025   $ 

418,815  

Participation loans sold and serviced 
by the Bank 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Unearned income 

Total Loans, net of unearned income 

19,722  

21,348  

19,848  

16,243  

11,733  

78.7% 

11.9% 

0.1% 

6.1% 

3.9% 

-0.6% 

100.0% 

78.9% 

11.9% 

0.2% 

5.6% 

3.5% 

-0.1% 

100.0% 

79.5% 

11.6% 

0.2% 

6.1% 

2.7% 

-0.1% 

100.0% 

78.2% 

10.5% 

0.1% 

5.6% 

5.8% 

-0.2% 

100.0% 

78.6% 

10.5% 

0.1% 

6.4% 

4.7% 

-0.3% 

100.0% 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Commercial  real  estate  loans  increased  $38,295,000  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016,  as  a result  of  the  increased  demand  by 
qualified borrowers in our serving area.  Of the commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2017, 57% are non-owner occupied and 
43% are owner occupied. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is weighted towards term loans for which the primary source of 
repayment is cash flow from net operating income of the real estate property.  

Commercial and industrial loans  increased $5,409,000 in  2017 as compared to 2016.   We have  historically targeted  well-

established local businesses with strong guarantors that have proven to be resilient in periods of economic stress. 

Our  residential  loan  portfolio  includes  no  sub-prime  loans,  nor  is  it  our  normal  practice  to  underwrite  loans  commonly 
referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores 
or  collateral  compositions  reflecting  high  loan-to-value  ratios.  Substantially  all  of  our  residential  loans  are  indexed  to  Treasury 
Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates. 

The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property 

is located as of December 31, 2017 and 2016: 

Commercial Real Estate Loans Outstanding by Geographic Location 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

$ 

Commercial real estate loans by 
geographic location (County) 
Stanislaus 
San Joaquin 
Fresno 
Tuolumne 
Sacramento 
Merced 
Marin 
San Luis Obispo 
Contra Costa 
Madera 
Sonoma 
Calaveras 
Inyo 
Alameda 
Mono 
San Francisco 
Solano 
Butte 
Santa Clara 
Other 

Total 

$ 

% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate 
Loans 

Amount 

% of  
Commercial  
Real Estate 
Loans 

Amount 

173,479  
90,275  
35,711  
33,648  
20,501  
17,276  
12,658  
11,424  
10,373  
9,766  
8,544  
8,399  
7,176  
6,675  
6,529  
5,521  
5,311  
4,162  
2,784  
46,938  

517,150  

   $ 

33.5% 
17.5% 
6.9% 
6.5% 
4.0% 
3.3% 
2.4% 
2.2% 
2.0% 
1.9% 
1.7% 
1.6% 
1.4% 
1.3% 
1.3% 
1.1% 
1.0% 
0.8% 
0.5% 
9.1% 

100.0% 

   $ 

170,200  
91,491  
28,710  
33,912  
18,621  
19,263  
3,571  
11,715  
5,589  
10,005  
6,153  
8,601  
7,467  
6,892  
6,769  
5,633  
5,069  
4,243  
3,010  
31,941  

478,855  

35.5% 
19.1% 
6.0% 
7.1% 
3.9% 
4.0% 
0.7% 
2.4% 
1.2% 
2.1% 
1.3% 
1.8% 
1.6% 
1.4% 
1.4% 
1.2% 
1.1% 
0.9% 
0.6% 
6.7% 

100.0% 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Construction and land loans are classified as commercial real estate loans and increased $8.1 million in 2017 as compared to 
2016.  The table below shows an analysis of construction loans by type and location.  Non-owner-occupied land loans of $10.1 million 
at December 31, 2017 included loans for lands specified for commercial development of $4.3 million and for residential development 
of $5.8 million, the majority of which are located in Stanislaus County. 

Construction and Land Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Construction and land loans by type 
Single family non-owner-occupied 
Single family owner-occupied 
Commercial non-owner-occupied 
Commercial owner-occupied 
Land non-owner-occupied 

Total 

Construction and land loans by  
geographic location (County) 
Fresno 
Placer 
San Joaquin 
Stanislaus 
Los Angeles 
San Mateo 
Mono 
Solano 
Tuolumne 
Shasta 
Contra Costa 
Monterey 
Sacramento 
Calaveras 
Inyo 
Merced 
Nevada 
Kings 
Other 

% of  
Construction 
and Land 
Loans 

   $ 

2.5% 
2.5% 
50.8% 
19.8% 
24.4% 

100.0% 

$ 

% of  
Construction 
and Land 
Loans 

18.7% 
1.1% 
31.2% 
19.4% 
29.6% 

100.0% 

Amount 

6,210  
376  
10,360  
6,432  
9,823  

33,201  

Amount 

1,040  
1,039  
20,989  
8,197  
10,072  

41,337  

% of  
Construction 
and Land 
Loans 

Amount 

% of  
Construction 
and Land 
Loans 

Amount 

9,782  
6,804  
4,994  
4,954  
3,687  
1,940  
1,767  
1,505  
1,395  
1,222  
975  
898  
600  
402  
39  
0  
0  
0  
373  

   $ 

23.7% 
16.5% 
12.1% 
12.0% 
8.9% 
4.7% 
4.3% 
3.6% 
3.4% 
2.9% 
2.3% 
2.2% 
1.4% 
1.0% 
0.1% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.9% 

218  
3,980  
4,900  
10,804  
1,470  
1,864  
2,495  
1,080  
1,406  
0  
370  
0  
0  
1,047  
92  
1,630  
818  
580  
447  

33,201  

0.7% 
12.0% 
14.8% 
32.5% 
4.4% 
5.6% 
7.5% 
3.3% 
4.2% 
0.0% 
1.1% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
3.1% 
0.3% 
4.9% 
2.5% 
1.8% 
1.4% 

100.0% 

Total 

$ 

41,337  

100.0% 

$ 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Maturities 

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our 

portfolio, as of December 31, 2017. In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating 
interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates. The large majority of the variable rate loans are tied to independent 
indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Substantially all loans with an original term 
of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years and are 
therefore classified as a variable rate loan in the table below. 

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
At December 31, 2017 

 Within 
 One Year 

After One But 
Within  
Five Years 

After  
Five Years 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

98,669  

33,377  

307  

3,338  

34,623  

(357) 

169,957  

153,069  

16,888  

$ 

293,432  

$ 

125,049  

$ 

517,150  

28,718  

330  

9,244  

2,992  

(702) 

334,014  

256,957  

77,057  

7,515  

52  

24,579  

319  

(330) 

157,184  

72,782  

84,402  

$ 

$ 

$ 

69,610  

689  

37,161  

37,934  

(1,389) 

661,155  

482,808  

178,347  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial & industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Unearned income 

Total loans, net of unearned income 

Loans with variable (floating) interest rates 

Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates 

The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding 

the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. The recent decline in Northern California real estate value is offset by the 
low loan-to-value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio and high percentage of owner-occupied properties. 

Nonperforming Assets 

Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk, and could potentially receive less than 

a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of 
the Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company's management of credit quality risk is focused primarily on 
loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines as a result of customers' inability to generate sufficient 
cash flow to service their debts and/or downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall 
property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the 
obligor's financial capacity to repay deteriorates. 

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, 

loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal and 
other real estate owned (“OREO”). 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan 

is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but 
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some 
changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will 
eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar 
means and which management intends to offer for sale. 

The Company had nonperforming loans of $1.31 million at December 31, 2017, as compared to $3.04 million at December 

31, 2016, $5.82 million at December 31, 2015, $4.70 million at December 31, 2014 and $2.34 million at December 31, 2013.  The 

41 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ratio of nonperforming loans over total loans was 0.20%, 0.50%, 1.07%, 1.03% and 0.56% at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 
and 2013, respectively.   

In addition, the Company held two OREO properties with outstanding balances of approximately $253,000 as of December 
31, 2017, one of which consisted of residential land acquired through foreclosure that was written down to a zero balance because the 
public utilities have not been obtainable rendering these land lots unmarketable at this time.  The Company held three OREO 
properties with outstanding balances of approximately $1,210,000 as of December 31, 2016, five OREO properties with outstanding 
balances of approximately $2,066,000 as of December 31, 2015 and held three properties with balances of approximately $884,000 
and $916,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Management believes that the reserve provided for nonperforming loans, together with the tangible collateral, were 

adequate as of December 31, 2017. See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further discussion. Except as disclosed above, as of 
December 31, 2017, management was not aware of any material credit problems of borrowers that would cause it to have serious 
doubts about the ability of a borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms. However, no assurance can be given that credit 
problems may exist that may not have been brought to the attention of management, or that credit problems may not arise in the 
future. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information with respect to the components of our nonperforming assets as of the dates 

indicated.  (The figures in the table are net of the portion guaranteed by the U.S. Government): 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans(1) 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and  industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 
 (as to principal or interest): 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and  industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

At December 31, 

$ 

2,715 

$ 

2,790 

$ 

4,363 

$ 

2,322 

$ 

993 

302 

0 

16 

0 

306 

0 

16 

0 

$ 

1,311 

$ 

3,037 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

322 

0 

0 

2704 

5,816 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

337 

0 

0 

0 

18 

0 

0 

0 

$ 

4,700 

$ 

2,340 

$ 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Total nonperforming loans 

1,311 

3,037 

5,816 

4,700 

2,340 

Other real estate owned 

Total nonperforming assets 

       253  

    1,210  

    2,066  

884 

916 

$ 

1,564 

$ 

4,247 

$ 

7,882 

$ 

5,584 

$ 

3,256 

Accruing restructured loans (2) 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and  industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total 

$ 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

$ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Total impaired loans 

$ 

1,311 

$ 

3,037 

$ 

5,816 

$ 

4,700 

$ 

2,340 

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans 
and other real estate owned 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of 
nonperforming loans 

0.20% 

0.24% 

0.50% 

0.69% 

1.07% 

1.45% 

1.03% 

1.23% 

0.56% 

0.77% 

622.88% 

257.89% 

126.48% 

160.30% 

327.37% 

(1) During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, no interest income related to these loans was included in net income 
while on nonaccrual status. Additional interest income of approximately $114,000 and $156,000 would have been recorded during the 
year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms. 
(2) A “restructured loan” is one the terms of which were renegotiated to provide a concession because of deterioration in the financial 
position of the borrower.   

43 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses 

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such 

charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend 
credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for loan losses, whereas 
charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other 
liabilities. The provision for loan losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for Loan Losses” above. 

The balance of our allowance for loan losses is Management's best estimate of the probable losses inherent in the portfolio. 
The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate market, 
changes in interest rate and economic and political environments.  

Historically, over the past five years, the economic recovery has had a positive impact on the financial stability of our 

borrowers resulting in improvements in credit quality of our loan portfolio which has allowed us to reduce the reserve for loan losses.  
In 2017, we have continued to benefit from the improved credit quality but due to strong loan growth, we recognized an increase of 
$334,000 in the allowance for loan losses to $8,166,000 at December 31, 2017, as compared with $7,832,000 at December 31, 2016. 
Such allowances were $7,356,000, $7,534,000 and $7,659,000 at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2017, the 
allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans decreased corresponding to our improved credit quality and loan growth, as 
reflected in the ratios of 1.23%, 1.28%, 1.36%, 1.66% and 1.83%, at the end of 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The 
decrease at the end of 2015, and to a lesser degree in 2016 and 2017,  is due in part to the acquisition of $42,831,000 in loans from a 
business combination which are recorded at fair value and therefore do not require a loan loss reserve. Based on the current conditions 
of the loan portfolio, management believes that the $8,166,000 allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2017 is adequate to absorb 
losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse economic conditions or other circumstances 
will not result in increased losses in the portfolio. 

Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the 

portfolio’s overall risk, and help to offset the economic risk.  The impact of the economic environment will continue to be monitored, 
and adjustments to the provision for loan loss will be made accordingly.  During 2017, the Company recognized net loan charge-offs 
of $16,000 as compared to $8,000 and $53,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  In 2014, we recorded net loan recoveries of 
$1,752,000, primarily from one loan for which we received a net settlement of $2,923,000, resulting in a recovery of $1,877,000.  In 
2013, the weak business climate adversely impacted the financial conditions of some of our clients and resulted in net loan charge-offs 
of $616,000. 

Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced 

by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of 
such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions 
is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of 
the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. Although management has allocated a portion of 
the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

Although management believes the allowance at December 31, 2017 was adequate to absorb losses from any known and 
inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other 
variables will not result in increased losses in the loan portfolio in the future. 

As of December 31, 2017, our allowance for loan losses consisted of amounts allocated to three phases of our methodology 

for assessing loan loss allowances, as follows (see details of methodology for assessing allowance for loan losses in the section 
entitled “Critical Accounting Policies”): 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Phase of Methodology  

Specific review of individual loans  

Review of portfolio based on loss trends and current economic climate 

Review of portfolio based on inherent risk and other subjective factors 

Years Ended December 31,  
2016 

2015 

2017 

$ 

$ 

680 

$ 

680 

$ 

4,780 

2,706 

8,166 

$ 

4,543 

2,609 

7,832 

$ 

722 

4,423 

2,211 

7,356 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

As stated previously in "Critical Accounting Policies," the overall allowance consists of a specific allowance for individually 
identified impaired loans, an  allowance factor for categories of credits  with similar characteristics and trends, and an allowance for 
changing environmental factors. 

The  first  component,  the  specific  allowance,  results  from  the  analysis  of  identified  problem  credits  and  the  evaluation  of 
sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading process, individual loans are 
identified that have conditions that indicate the borrower  may be unable to pay all amounts due under the contractual terms. These 
loans are evaluated individually by Management and specified allowances for loan losses are established  when the discounted cash 
flows  of  future  payments  or  collateral  value  of  collateral-dependent  loans  are  lower  than  the  recorded  investment  in  the  loan. 
Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually. We may obtain 
appraisals  more  frequently  if  we  believe  the  collateral  value  is  subject  to  market  volatility,  if  a  specific  event  has  occurred  to  the 
collateral  (e.g.  tentative  map  has  been  filed),  or  if  we  believe  foreclosure  is  imminent.  Impaired  loan  balances  decreased  from 
$3,037,000  at  December  31, 2016  to $1,311,000  at  December  31,  2017.  The  specific  allowance  totaled  $680,000  at December  31, 
2017 and 2016, as we charge off substantially all of our estimated losses related to specifically identified impaired loans as the losses 
are identified. 

The  second  component,  the  allowance  factor,  is  an  estimate  of  the  probable  inherent  losses  in  each  loan  pool  stratified  by 
major  categories  or  loans  with  similar  characteristics  in  our  loan  portfolio.  This  analysis  encompasses  segmenting  and  reviewing 
historical  losses,  loan  grades  by  pool  and  current  general  economic  and  business  conditions.  Confirmation  of  the  quality  of  our 
grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by consultants specifically hired for this purpose and by various bank 
regulatory agencies. This analysis covers our entire loan portfolio but excludes any loans that were analyzed individually for specific 
allowances as discussed above. There are limitations to any credit risk grading process. The number of loans makes it impractical to 
review every loan every quarter. Therefore, it is possible that in the future some currently performing loans not recently graded will 
not be as strong as their last grading and an insufficient portion of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan 
review  often  must  be  done  without  knowing  whether  all  relevant  facts  are  at  hand.  Troubled  borrowers  may  deliberately  or 
inadvertently omit important information from reports or conversations with lending officers regarding their financial condition and 
the diminished strength of repayment sources. 

The total amount allocated for the second component is determined by applying loss estimation factors based on loss history 
to outstanding loans.  At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the allowance allocated by categories of credits totaled $4.8 million and $4.5 
million, respectively.  

The third component of the allowance for loan losses is an economic and qualitative component that is intended to absorb 
losses caused by portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, and economic trends, as stated previously in "Critical Accounting 
Policies".  At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the general valuation allowance, including the economic component, totaled $2.7 million 
and $2.6 million, respectively. Starting in late 2008, we witnessed financial difficulties experienced by borrowers in our market, where 
real estate sale prices declined and holding periods increased.   In the past several years, while published economic data indicates that 
the  downturn  is  behind  us,  it  is  not  clear  at  what  speed  the  economy  will  recover.    In  response  to  this,  we  have  been  proactive  in 
evaluating reserve percentages for economic and other qualitative loss  factors  used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for 
loan losses. The increase to the third component of the allowance for loan losses reflected such evaluation. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during 

the period, changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, 
additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for loan losses: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balances: 

Average total loans outstanding during period 

Total loans outstanding at end of period 

Allowance for loan losses: 

Balances at beginning of period 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

$ 

624,447 

662,544 

7,832 

$ 

$ 

$ 

578,339 

610,949 

7,356 

$ 

$ 

$ 

466,509 

541,032 

7,534 

$ 

$ 

$ 

430,448 

454,471 

7,659 

$ 

$ 

$ 

396,953 

419,438 

7,975 

Actual charge-offs: 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Total charge-offs 

Recoveries on loans previously charged off: 

Commercial real estate 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Total recoveries 

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) 

0  

0  

30  

0  

0  

30  

0  

0  

13  

1  

0  

14  

16  

0  

0  

18  

0  

0  

18  

4  

0  

5  

1  

0  

10  

8  

0  

32  

30  

0  

0  

62  

5  

0  

4  

0  

0  

9  

103  

0  

40  

0  

0  

143  

1,882  

0  

2  

11  

0  

1,895  

53  

(1,752) 

Provision (reversal) for loan losses 

       350  

       484  

(125) 

(1,877) 

436  

0  

22  

178  

0  

636  

8  

0  

3  

9  

0  

20  

616  

300 

Balance at end of period 

$ 

8,166 

$ 

7,832 

$ 

7,356 

$ 

7,534 

$ 

7,659 

Ratios: 

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period 
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to allowance for loan losses 
at end of period 

Net loan charge-offs to provision for loan losses 

0.00% 

1.23% 

0.20% 

4.57% 

0.00% 

1.28% 

0.10% 

1.65% 

0.01% 

1.36% 

0.72% 

N/A 

-0.41% 

1.66% 
-
23.25% 

N/A 

0.16% 

1.83% 

8.04% 

205.33% 

46 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The table below summarizes the allowance for loan loss balance by type of loan balance at the end of each period (See 

“Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance): 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Amount Outstanding as of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Applicable to: 

Commercial real estate 

$ 

6,331 

$ 

6,185 

$ 

5,920 

$ 

5,963 

$ 

6,248 

Commercial and Industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer Residential 

Agriculture 

Unallocated 

813 

27 

300 

693 

2 

697 

51 

325 

504 

70 

627 

38 

426 

309 

36 

720 

42 

388 

286 

135 

663 

47 

440 

217 

44 

Total Allowance 

$ 

8,166 

$ 

7,832 

$ 

7,356 

$ 

7,534 

$ 

7,659 

Other Earning Assets 

For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities and loans 

discussed above.  The primary other earning assets held by the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, includes the cash 
surrender value of the Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) policies, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank 
stock.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, we also held an investment in a low-income housing tax credit funds (“LIHTCF”) to 
promote our participation in CRA activities. The original investment was $1 million, and there were no unfunded commitments as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.  We receive the return in the form of tax credits and tax deductions are expected to continue through the 
year 2022.  The $1 million contribution is being amortized to other expenses over a term of 15 years, commensurate with the benefits 
received.  In 2017, we made a $1 million commitment to a small business private equity partnership to promote our participation in 
CRA activities.  We are a limited partner and the general partnership has received approval for partial funding from the U.S. Small 
Business Administration.  Returns will be received in the form of dividends from the general partner.  As of December 31, 2017, we 
have remaining commitments to fund an additional $720,000 on this investment. 

The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were as follows: 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

BOLI 
LIHTCF 
Small business private equity partnership 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds 

Deposits 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

18,517    $ 
266    $ 
$ 
280  

758    $ 
3,377    $ 

18,004   
328   
0  

758   
3,037   

Total deposits at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $938,882,000 and $914,093,000, respectively, representing an increase 

of $24,789,000 or 2.7% in 2017.  The average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $67,140,000 or 8.0% to 
$908,959,000 compared to $841,819,000 at December 31, 2016.   

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (based on 
definition provided by FDIC’s Uniform Bank Performance Report) increased by $26.0 million or 2.9% in 2017 to $918.8 million at 
December 31, 2017.  The percentage of core deposits to total deposits increased slightly to 97.9% at December 31, 2017 as compared 
to 97.7% at December 31, 2016.  The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of over $250,000 was 0.37% and 0.32% for 
the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The composition and cost of the Company's deposit base are important 
components in analyzing the Company's net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in 
greater detail in other sections herein.  See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion. 

The Company's liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the 

propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic 
conditions in California and the Company's market area in particular, continue to weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a 
financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $250,000, as 
customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances. 

The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods 

indicated: 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Demand 

Money market 

Savings 
Time certificates of deposit of $250,000 or 
more 

Other time deposits 

Total deposits 

Distribution of Average Daily Deposits 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Average 
 Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

Average 
 Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

Average 
 Balance 

Average 
 Rate 

$ 

498,306 

0.06% 

   $ 

427,224 

0.04% 

   $ 

332,505 

289,155 

69,348 

20,273 

31,877 

$ 

908,959 

0.19% 

0.07% 

0.37% 

0.30% 

0.12% 

287,010 

74,669 

19,560 

33,356 

$ 

841,819 

0.11% 

0.16% 

0.32% 

0.32% 

0.09% 

266,856 

48,130 

14,564 

32,936 

$ 

694,991 

0.03% 

0.11% 

0.11% 

0.18% 

0.50% 

0.09% 

The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of more than $250,000 at December 31, 2017 are, as 

follows: 

Maturities of Time Deposits over $250,000  
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Three months or less 

Over three months through six months 

Over six months through twelve months 

Over twelve months 

Total 

$ 

$ 

1,889   

3,267   

3,867   

11,080   

20,103   

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are 

generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks.  Six of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total 
deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at December 31, 2017. 

The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2017, as compared to $50,000 in brokered deposits as of 

December 31, 2016.  The brokered deposits held by the Company at December 31, 2016 are from CDARS and ICS, a certificate of 
deposit and money market account program, respectively, that exchanges funds with other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance 
coverage to the customer.   

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB Borrowings 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business 

purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit 
funds.  We had no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the average outstanding balance was $0 and $13,000 
in 2017 and 2016, respectively.  See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the FHLB borrowings program. 

Return on Equity and Assets 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our return on equity and assets for the periods indicated: 

Return on average assets 

Return on average common equity 

Dividend payout ratio 

Equity to assets ratio 

Deferred Compensation Obligations 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

0.91 % 

10.41 % 

22.23 % 

8.77 % 

0.83 % 

9.43 % 

25.31 % 

8.23 % 

We maintain a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel.  Under this plan, 
participating  employees  may  defer  compensation,  which  will  entitle  them  to  receive  certain  payments  upon  retirement,  death,  or 
disability.  The  plan  provides  for  payments  commencing  upon  retirement  and  reduced  benefits  upon  early  retirement,  disability,  or 
termination of employment. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $8.0 million 
and $9.0 million, respectively. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

During the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of our 

customers. These commitments, which represent a credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance sheets. 

As of December 31, 2017, and 2016, we had commitments to extend credit of $118.0 million and $110.8 million, 
respectively.  Obligations under standby letters of credit, included in total commitments to extend credit, were $1.9 million and $1.3 
million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and there were no obligations under commercial letters of credit for either 
period. 

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide 

credit cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. For more information 
regarding our off balance sheet arrangements, see Note 13- Commitments and Other Contingencies- to our 2017 year-end consolidated 
financial statements located elsewhere in this report. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The following chart summarizes certain contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2017 (dollars in thousands): 

Contractual Obligations 

Operating lease obligations 

Supplemental retirement plans 

Time deposit maturities 

Total 

Less than  
1 Year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

 $ 

1,106 

  $ 

2,081 

  $ 

1,341 

 $ 

60 

30,288 

246 

19,111 

316 

128 

More than 
5 years 

2,320 

2,425 

0 

 $ 

Total 

6,848   

3,047   

49,527   

 $ 

31,454 

  $ 

21,438 

  $ 

1,785 

 $ 

4,745 

 $ 

59,422  

As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations 

to indemnify our current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was 
serving, at our request in such capacity.  These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good 
faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and with respect to any criminal 
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The maximum potential amount of future 
payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer 
insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.  We believe the estimated 
fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal. 

Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management 

Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our overall 
business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate risk and 
market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets 
that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional 
deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased. 

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a 

consistent source of funds.  The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2017, as compared to $1,001,000 in brokered 
deposits as of December 31, 2016.  The brokered deposits held by the Company at December 31, 2016 are from CDARS and ICS, a 
certificate of deposit and money market account program, respectively, that exchanges funds with other network banks to offer full 
FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.   

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet 

deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock issued 
by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amount of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category 
that will count towards the borrowing capacity.  At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no FHLB advances outstanding 
and had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $249.2 million and $236.7 million, respectively.  In addition, the Company had 
lines of credit with its correspondent banks to purchase overnight federal funds totaling $30 million and 43 million at December 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively.  No advances were made on these lines of credit as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. 

The Company’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as sole shareholder of the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends to the Company will depend on whether the Bank will be in a position to pay dividends based on regulatory requirements 
and the performance of the Bank. 

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow 

requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its 
customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets 
into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for 
sale. Our liquid assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled approximately $254.8 million and $269.7 million, respectively.  Our 
liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 24.6% and 26.9% at December 31, 2017, and 2016, 
respectively. 

Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements 

In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained 

earnings. At December 31, 2017, total shareholders’ equity increased to $90.8 million, representing an increase of $8.3 million from 
December 31, 2016.  The increase was due to net income of $9.1 million recorded to retained earnings, and an other comprehensive 
income increase of $1.1 million, net of income taxes, due to the positive effect that declining treasury yields had on the unrealized 
market value adjustment of our available for sale investment portfolio during 2017.  These increases to equity were offset by common 
stock dividend payments totaling $2.0 million during 2017.  As of December 31, 2017, we had no material commitments for capital 
expenditures. 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet 

minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and 
operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific 
capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under 
regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy 
Requirements” in this report for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.) 

As of December 31, 2017, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt 

corrective action. The following table presents the regulatory standards for well-capitalized institutions, compared to the Bank’s 
capital ratios as of the dates specified: 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets 
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets 
Common equity tier 1 risk-weighted assets 
Tier I capital to average assets 

Market Risk 

Regulatory Well- 
Capitalized Standards 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

10.0%   
8.0%   
6.5%   
5.0%   

11.3%  
10.3%  
10.3%  
8.4%  

11.3%   
10.2%   
10.2%   
8.1%   

   Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price 
of  a  financial  instrument.  The  value  of  a  financial  instrument  may  change  as  a  result  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  foreign  currency 
exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is 
attributed  to  all  market  risk  sensitive  financial  instruments,  including  securities,  loans,  deposits  and  borrowings,  as  well  as  the 
Company's  role  as  a  financial  intermediary  in  customer-related  transactions.  The  objective  of  market  risk  management  is  to  avoid 
excessive exposure of the Company's earnings and equity to loss and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial instruments. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Management 

 Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Company's market 
risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and 
balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the 
Company have exposure to currency exchange rates. 

 The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as "asset/liability management") is to manage the 
financial components of the Company in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to 
changing  interest  rates.  The  Company's  exposure  to  market  risk  is  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis  by  the  Asset/Liability  Committee. 
Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a 
loss  of  future  net  interest  income  and/or  a  loss  of  current  fair  market  values.  The  objective  is  to  measure  the  effect  on  net  interest 
income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes 
certain  risks  are  inherent,  and  that  the  goal  is  to  identify  and  manage  the  risks.  Management  uses  two  methodologies  to  manage 
interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model. 

  The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution's net interest margin. To the 
extent maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over 
time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or securities or in 
the  form  of  delays  in  the  adjustment  of  rates  of  interest  applying  to  either  earning  assets  with  floating  rates  or  to  interest  bearing 
liabilities. The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining primarily floating 
interest rate loans and a majority of its time certificates with relatively short maturities. 

Interest  rate  changes  do  not  affect  all  categories  of  assets  and  liabilities  equally  or  at  the  same  time.  Varying  interest  rate 
environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the 
net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap 
report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates. 

The Company uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate 
changes on the Company's net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments under 
different  interest  rate  scenarios.  The  program  imports  current  balances,  interest  rates,  maturity  dates  and  repricing  information  for 
individual  financial  instruments,  and  incorporates  assumptions  on  the  characteristics  of  embedded  options  along  with  pricing  and 
duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company's interest income and interest expense. 
Rate  scenarios  consisting  of  key  rate  and  yield  curve  projections  are  run  against  the  Company's  investment,  loan,  deposit  and 
borrowed funds portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and 
ramped (an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and econometric models or 
stable economic conditions (unchanged from current actual levels). 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Presented below, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, is an analysis of the Company's interest rate risk as measured by changes in 
net  interest  income,  for  instantaneous  and  sustained  parallel  shifts  of  applicable  interest  rates,  over  one  and  two  year  projection 
periods:  

As of December 31, 2017

1 Year Projection

Interest Income

Interest Expense

Net Interest Income

% Change

2 Year Projection

Interest Income

Interest Expense

Net Interest Income

% Change

As of December 31, 2016

1 Year Projection

Interest Income

Interest Expense

Net Interest Income

% Change

2 Year Projection

Interest Income

Interest Expense

Net Interest Income

% Change

Interest Rate Shock Scenario

Down 100

Base

Up 100

Up 200

Up 300

Up 400

35,234,439

$

38,862,151

$

42,586,669

$

46,290,028

$

49,995,200

$

53,714,617

408,511

1,124,179

3,614,402

6,112,566

8,610,729

11,108,895

34,825,928

$

37,737,972

$

38,972,267

$

40,177,462

$

41,384,471

$

42,605,722

-7.72%

3.27%

6.46%

9.66%

12.90%

Down 100

Base

Up 100

Up 200

Up 300

Up 400

71,577,654

$

81,317,727

$

91,030,844

$

100,684,042

$

110,367,611

$

120,126,177

806,175

2,306,772

7,634,972

12,979,827

18,324,682

23,669,541

70,771,479

$

79,010,955

$

83,395,872

$

87,704,215

$

92,042,929

$

96,456,636

-10.43%

5.55%

11.00%

16.49%

22.08%

Interest Rate Shock Scenario

Down 100

Base

Up 100

Up 200

Up 300

Up 400

32,504,636

$

35,544,297

$

39,082,687

$

42,598,313

$

46,116,153

$

49,644,814

599,203

876,694

3,347,675

5,828,548

8,309,422

10,790,297

31,905,433

$

34,667,603

$

35,735,012

$

36,769,765

$

37,806,731

$

38,854,517

-7.97%

3.08%

6.06%

9.05%

12.08%

Down 100

Base

Up 100

Up 200

Up 300

Up 400

65,934,756

$

74,410,136

$

83,506,893

$

92,510,256

$

101,535,680

$

110,622,580

1,209,154

1,804,999

7,122,100

12,460,074

17,798,047

23,136,025

64,725,602

$

72,605,137

$

76,384,793

$

80,050,182

$

83,737,633

$

87,486,555

-10.85%

5.21%

10.25%

15.33%

20.50%

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

        Management believes that our interest rate risk modeling overcomes three shortcomings of the typical maturity gap methodology. 
First, it does not use arbitrary repricing intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because our model projects 
cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on 
an  institution's  interest  rate  risk  exposure.  Third,  it  allows  interest  rates  on  different  instruments  to  change  by  varying  amounts  in 
response to a change in market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash flows. 

        However,  as  with  any  method  of  gauging  interest  rate  risk,  there  are  certain  shortcomings  inherent  to  the  methodology.  The 
model  assumes  interest  rate  changes  are  instantaneous  parallel  shifts  in  the  yield  curve.  In  reality,  rate  changes  are  rarely 
instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate 
historic  rate  patterns,  which  rarely  show  parallel  yield  curve  shifts.  Further,  the  model  assumes  that  certain  assets  and  liabilities  of 
similar maturity or period to repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments 
may react in advance of changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change 
in  general  market  rates.  When  interest  rates  change,  actual  loan  prepayments  and  actual  early  withdrawals  from  certificates  may 

53 

 
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
       
       
          
       
       
         
         
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
       
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
          
          
       
         
         
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not  measure or reflect the impact that 
higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients' ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in monitoring the 
Company's exposure to interest rate risk. 

Impact of Inflation; Seasonality 

Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is affected 

by changes in interest rates. We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of rate-
sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well as 
noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this report. Our business is generally not seasonal. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.  

Not required. 

 ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appear on pages F-1 through F-47 of this Report 

and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference. 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Balance sheets 
Statements of income 
Statements of comprehensive income 
Statements of shareholders’ equity 
Statements of cash flows 
Notes to financial statements 

PAGE 

F-1 
F-2 

F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-10 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the 1934 Act as of December 31, 
2017.  Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017. 

The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information 

required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the 1934 Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures 
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports 
that we file or submit under the 1934 Act is accumulated and communicated to our Management, including our principal executive 
and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure. 

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures.  These limitations 

include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and reasonable resource 
constraints.  In addition, because we have designed our system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are 
reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our system of controls may not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future 
conditions.  Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance, but not absolute assurance, of 
achieving their objectives. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our Management’s report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  There are 
inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting.  These limitations include the 
possibility of human error, the circumvention of overriding of the system and reasonable resource constraints.  Because of its inherent 
limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of 
controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 

that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference  from our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2018 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.    The Company and the Company have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including 
the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided to any person, without 
charge, upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Oak Valley Bancorp, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  

Section  16(a)  of  the  1934  Act  requires  the  Company’s  officers  and  directors,  and  persons  who  own  more  than  10%  of  a 
registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.  Officers, 
directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) 
forms they file.   

Based  solely  on  its  review  of  the  copies  of  such  forms  received  by  it,  or  written  representations  from  certain  reporting 
persons that no Forms 4 and 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that for the 2017 fiscal year the officers and 
directors  of  the  Company  complied  with  all  applicable  filing  requirements,  except  for  the  late  filings  for  the  directors  in  the  table 
below: 

Name 

Form 

Transaction Type 

Transaction Date 

# of Shares 

Don Barton 
Randolph Holder 
Randolph Holder 
Randolph Holder 
Randolph Holder 
Randolph Holder 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 

Purchase 
Purchase 
Purchase 
Purchase 
Purchase 
Purchase 

11/1/2017 
1/30/2017 
1/31/2017 
2/2/2017 
2/3/2017 
2/6/2017 

1  
2,925  
1,000  
1,228  
1,000  
350  

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference  from our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2018 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference  from our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2018 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference  from our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2018 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference  from our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2018 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Documents Filed as Part of this Report:  

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

        The  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  the  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  are  set  forth  on 
pages F-1 through F-47. 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

        All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or 
because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes. 

(a)(3) Exhibits 

The exhibit list required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index included in this report. The warranties, 
representations and covenants contained in any of the agreements included herein or which appear as exhibits hereto should not be 
relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of the Company’s securities and are not intended as warranties, representations or covenants 
to any individual or entity except as specifically set forth in such agreement. 

ITEM 16.        FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”) the 

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oakdale, California 
on March 15, 2018. 

SIGNATURES 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP   
a California corporation 

By: 

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney, President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1934 Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 

registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of the registrant hereby constitutes 
and appoints Christopher M. Courtney and Jeffrey A. Gall, and each of them, as lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for each of the 
undersigned (with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of each of the undersigned 
officers and directors), to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1934 Act any and all amendments, 
supplements and exhibits to this report and any and all other documents in connection therewith, hereby granting unto said attorneys-
in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in 
order to effectuate the same as fully and to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do if personally present, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes, may do or cause 
to be done by virtue hereof. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ DONALD L. BARTON 
Donald Barton 

Director 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney 

/s/ JEFFREY A. GALL 
Jeffrey A. Gall 

/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT 
James L. Gilbert 

/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN 
Thomas A. Haidlen 

/s/ H. RANDOLPH HOLDER 
H. Randolph Holder 

/s/ MICHAEL Q. JONES 
Michael Q. Jones 

/s/ DANIEL J. LEONARD 
Daniel J. Leonard 

President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Director (Principal Executive 
Officer) 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial and Principal Accounting 
Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Date 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN 

  Director 

March 15, 2018 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ronald C. Martin 

/s/ JANET S. PELTON 
Janet S. Pelton 

/s/ DANNY L. TITUS 
Danny L. Titus 

/s/ TERRANCE P. WITHROW 
Terrance P. Withrow 

/s/ ALLISON C. LAFFERTY 
Allison C. Lafferty 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

Director 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

March 15, 2018 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The management of Oak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to ensure that 
material information regarding our operations is made available to management and the board of directors to provide them reasonable 
assurance that the published financial statements are fairly presented. There are limitations inherent in any internal control, such as the 
possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. As a result, even effective internal controls can provide 
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. As conditions change over time so too may the effectiveness 
of internal controls.  

An internal control significant deficiency is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects a 
company's ability to initiate, authorize, record, process, or report external financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial 
statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. An internal control material weakness is a significant 
deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the 
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.  

Our management has evaluated our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on the framework in 
Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO 2013) of the Treadway 
Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of December 31, 2017. 

The Company's independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Company's consolidated financial statements that are 
included in this annual report and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 and issued 
their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, appearing on the following page of this report. The audit report 
expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2017. 

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney, President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/  JEFFREY A. GALL 
Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Oak Valley Bancorp  

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oak Valley Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each 
of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining 
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 15, 2018 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(dollars in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 

Federal funds sold 

   Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale 

Loans, net of allowance for loan loss of $8,166 and $7,832 

at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively 

Cash surrender value of life insurance 

Bank premises and equipment, net 

Other real estate owned 

Interest receivable and other assets 

December 31,  

December 31,  

2017 

2016 

$ 

142,968   $ 

6,205  

149,173  

179,025  

11,785  

190,810  

182,360  

160,333  

652,989  
18,517  

14,478  

253  

17,082  

601,104  
18,004  

13,688  

1,210  

16,961  

$ 

1,034,852   $ 

1,002,110  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Deposits 

Interest payable and other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

$ 

938,882   $ 

5,203  

944,085  

914,093  

5,567  

919,660  

   Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) 

Shareholders’ equity 

   Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 

   8,098,605 and 8,088,455 shares issued and outstanding at  

   December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 

   Retained earnings 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

   Total shareholders’ equity 

See accompanying notes 

F-4 

24,773  

3,576  

61,429  

989  

90,767  

24,682  

3,473  

54,520  

(225) 

82,450  

$ 

1,034,852   $ 

1,002,110  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

INTEREST INCOME 

Interest and fees on loans 

Interest on securities available for sale 

Interest on federal funds sold 

Interest on deposits with banks 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 

Provision for loan losses 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

 $              29,128  

 $              27,463  

4,504  

100  

1,513  

35,245  

1,065  

1,065  

34,180  

350  

4,124  

35  

667  

32,289  

764  

764  

31,525  

484  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

33,830  

31,041  

OTHER INCOME 

Service charges on deposits 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 

Mortgage commissions 

Gains on called securities 

Other 

Total non-interest income 

OTHER EXPENSES 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expenses 

Data processing fees 

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DBO) 

Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expense 

Net income before provision for income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net Income 

1,424  

514  

168  

395  

3,475  

5,976  

14,110  

3,346  

1,560  

492  

5,057  

24,565  

15,241  

6,147  

1,354  

441  

204  

52  

2,362  

4,413  

13,564  

3,284  

1,604  

643  

5,220  

24,315  

11,139  

3,474  

 $               9,094  

 $               7,665  

Net income per common share 

 $                 1.13  

 $                 0.95  

Net income per diluted common share 

 $                 1.13  

 $                 0.95  

See accompanying notes 

F-5 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(in thousands) 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income: 

   Unrealized gains on securities: 

Unrealized holdings gains (losses) arising during the period 

   Less:  reclassification for net gains included in net income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax 

   Tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income 

   Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

9,094  

   $ 

7,665  

2,182  

(395) 

1,787  

(736) 

1,051  

        (2,997) 

(52) 

(3,049) 

1,255  

(1,794) 

$ 

10,145  

$ 

5,871  

F-6 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(dollars in thousands)

Balances, January 1, 2016

Restricted stock issued

Restricted stock forfeited

Cash dividends declared

Stock based compensation

Other comprehensive loss

Net income

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

8,078,155

$

24,682

$

3,217 $

48,795 $

1,569 $

78,263

17,000

(6,700)

256

(1,940)

7,665

(1,794)

Balances, December 31, 2016

8,088,455

$

24,682

$

3,473 $

54,520 $

(225) $

91

9,000

8,000

(6,850)

Stock options exercised

Restricted stock issued

Restricted stock forfeited

Cash dividends declared

Stock based compensation

Other comprehensive income

Reclassification

Net income

103

(2,022)

(163)

9,094

1,051

163

Balances, December 31, 2017

8,098,605

$

24,773

$

3,576 $

61,429 $

989 $

See accompanying notes 

F-7 

0

0

(1,940)

256

(1,794)

7,665

82,450

91

0

0

(2,022)

103

1,051

0

9,094

90,767

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(dollars in thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
   Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: 
   Provision for loan losses 

Decrease in deferred fees/costs, net 

   Depreciation 

Amortization of investment securities, net 

   Stock based compensation 

Gain on sale of premises and equipment 
   OREO (gain) loss on sales and write downs 

Gain on sales and calls of available for sale securities 

   Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance 

Decrease (increase) in deferred tax asset 
Gain on BOLI death benefit  
(Decrease) increase in interest payable and other liabilities 
Increase in interest receivable 
Increase in other assets 

      Net cash from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
   Purchases of available for sale securities 

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal  
paydowns of securities available for sale 

   Net increase in loans 

Purchase of FHLB Stock 
   Purchase of BOLI policies 

Proceeds from sale of OREO 

   Proceeds from redemption of BOLI policies 

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment 

   Net purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Shareholder cash dividends paid 

   Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts 

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits 

   Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options 

Net cash from financing activities 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 
2017 

$ 

9,094   $ 

350  
(4) 
1,124  
841  
103  
(109) 
(211) 
(395) 
(514) 
1,515  
0  
(364) 
(340) 
(1,691) 

9,399  

7,665  

484  
(19) 
1,252  
409  
256  
(4) 
96  
(52) 
(441) 
(687) 
(2) 
1,483  
(411) 
(123) 

9,906  

(50,882) 

(53,955) 

30,196  
(52,231) 
(340) 
0  
1,168  
0  
388  
(2,193) 

(73,894) 

(2,022) 
29,660  
(4,871) 
91  

22,858  

21,762  
(71,428) 
(79) 
(4,000) 
1,012  
186  
4  
(663) 

(107,161) 

(1,940) 
95,578  
3,824  
0  

97,462  

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

(41,637) 

207  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 

190,810  

190,603  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 

$ 

149,173   $ 

190,810  

F-8 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
   Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
   Real estate acquired through foreclosure 

Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

1,065   $ 
5,922   $ 

756  
2,331  

0   $ 
1,787   $ 

253  
(3,048) 

See accompanying notes 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Operations 

On July 3, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Oak Valley Bancorp 
(“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank ( the “Bank”).  On the Effective Date, a tax-free 
exchange was completed whereby each outstanding share of the Company was converted into one share of Bancorp and the Company 
became the sole wholly-owned subsidiary of the holding company.  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. All material 
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all 
adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash 
flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. 

Oak Valley Community Bank is a California State chartered bank. The Company was incorporated under the laws of the state of 
California on May 31, 1990, and began operations in Oakdale on May 28, 1991. The Company operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, 
Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Manteca, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, and Escalon, California. The 
Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Company’s 
primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowance for loan losses, 
accounting for income taxes, fair value measurements, and the determination, recognition and measurement of impaired loans.  Actual 
results could differ from these estimates.   

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
follows. 

Subsequent events — The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2017 for potential recognition 
or disclosure. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of 
deposit with original maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. 
At times throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits.   

Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading 
securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses are reported as an 
amount in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are 
determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as 
adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity. 

Investments with fair values that are less than amortized cost are considered impaired.  Impairment may result from either a decline in 
the financial condition of the issuing entity or, in the case of fixed interest rate investments, from rising interest rates. At each 
consolidated financial statement date, management assesses each investment to determine if impaired investments are temporarily 
impaired or if the impairment is other than temporary. This assessment includes a determination of whether the Company intends to 
sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized 
cost basis less any current-period credit losses. For debt securities that are considered other than temporarily impaired and that the 
Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis, the amount of 
impairment is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The 
credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the 
present value of its expected future cash flows.  The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of the 
future expected cash flows is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.  
If the Company sold an impaired security, both the credit loss component and amount due to other factors would be recognized 
through earnings as described above.   

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned — Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially 
recorded at fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are 
periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as adjustment to the carrying value of the 
real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at foreclosure.  Revenues and expenses from 
operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.   

Loans originated — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees, and the 
allowance for loan losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the loans. Interest on 
other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount outstanding. 

Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized, as an adjustment to interest yield, over the estimated life 
of the loan.  

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is 
discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes 
contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all 
interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then 
recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are 
resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of 
management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest. 

Allowance for loan losses — The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. 
Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. 
Subsequent recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the 
collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may 
affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This 
evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes 
available. 

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance 
for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional allowance based on their judgment about information 
available to them at the time of their examination. 

The allowance consists of specific, general, and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as 
impaired. Impaired loans, as defined, are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general component relates to non-
impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to 
cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects 
the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses 
in the portfolio. 

The Company considers a loan impaired when it is probable that all amounts of principal and interest due, according to the contractual 
terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans in the same manner as non-accrual 
loans. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of 
collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment 
shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls 
on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length 
of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal 
and interest owed. 

The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on an allowance percentage which is less than 
other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This allowance percentage is evaluated by management 
periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the allowance for off-balance-sheet 
commitments. 

The Company considers a loan to be a troubled debt restructure (“TDR”) when the Company has granted a concession and the 
borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.  In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future 
without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.  A TDR loan is kept on 
non-accrual status until the borrower has paid for six consecutive months with no payment defaults, at which time the TDR is placed 
back on accrual status.  A TDR loan is impaired and a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the TDR loan is 
reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the TDR loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if 
repayment is expected solely from the collateral. 

Acquired Loans and Leases — Loans and leases acquired through purchase or through a business combination are recorded at their 
fair value at the acquisition date. Credit discounts, which reflect estimates of credit losses, expected to be incurred over the life of the 
loan, are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded at the acquisition 
date. 

Acquired loans are evaluated upon acquisition for evidence of deterioration in credit quality since their origination to determine if it is 
probable the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. These loans are classified as Purchased Credit 
Impaired (“PCI”) loans, while all other acquired loans are classified as non-PCI loans. The Company has elected to account for PCI 
loans at the individual loan level. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan. The expected 
cash flow in excess of the loan's carrying value, is referred to as the accretable yield, and is recorded as interest income over the 
remaining expected life of the loan. The excess of the loan's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is referred to 
as the non-accretable difference, and is representative of contractual amounts the Company does not expect to collect. The non-
accretable difference is not recorded in the Company's consolidated financial statements.  

Quarterly, management performs an evaluation of expected future cash flows for PCI loans. If current expectations of future cash 
flows are less than management's previous expectations, other than due to decreases in interest rates and prepayment assumptions, an 
allowance for loan and leases losses is recorded with a charge to provision for loan and lease losses. If there has been a probable and 
significant increase in expected future cash flows over that which was previously expected, the Company first reduces any previously 
established allowance for loan and lease losses, and then records an adjustment to interest income through a prospective increase in 
the accretable yield. 

For acquired loans not considered credit impaired (“non-PCI”), we recognize the entire fair value discount accretion to interest 
income, based on contractual cash flows using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis for 
revolving lines.  When a non-PCI loan is placed on non-accrual status subsequent to acquisition, accretion stops until the loan is 
returned to accrual status.  The level of accretion on non-PCI loans varies from period to period due to maturities and early pay-offs of 
these loans during the reporting periods.  Subsequent to acquisition, if the probable and estimable losses for non-PCI loans exceed the 
amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.  All acquired loans were 
acquired in acquisitions and do not represent loans purchased from third parties. 

Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation 
and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated 
service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation and amortization are: 

Building 

Equipment 

  31.5 

years 

  3 – 12  years 

Furniture and fixtures 

  3 –   7  years 

Leasehold improvements 

  5 – 15  years 

Automobiles 

  3 –   5  years 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-
line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax 
purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences. 

Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax 
basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates 
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. 
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the Company 
is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014 or to state/local income tax examinations 
by tax authorities for years before 2013. 

Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in an 
entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is 
deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of 
conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does 
not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Advertising costs — The Company expenses marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $225,000 and $199,000 
for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Comprehensive income — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other 
comprehensive income (loss) includes items previously recorded directly to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities 
available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of 
shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, $232,000 and $31,000 net of tax, respectively, was 
reclassified from comprehensive income into net income related to gains on called and sold available for sale securities.  

Federal Reserve Bank Stock —  Federal Reserve Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Reserve 
Bank (“FRB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity 
securities, there is no market for the FRB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment securities.  Management 
periodically evaluates FRB stock for other-than-temporary impairment.  Management’s determination of whether these investments are 
impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The 
determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any 
decline in net assets of the FRB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FRB and the length of time this situation has persisted, 
(2) commitments by the FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating 
performance of the FRB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FRB, 
and (4) the liquidity position of the FRB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —  Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal 
Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically 
these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment 
securities.  Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment.  Management’s determination of whether 
these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines 
in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the 
significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this 
situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in 
relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the 
customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and 
other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Earnings per common share (“EPS”) —  EPS is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 
each year. The table in footnote 12 shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options 
and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted 
stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual 
diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under 
the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. 
Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share 
equally in undistributed earnings.  Therefore, under the two-class method, the difference in EPS is not significant for these 
participating securities. 

Stock based compensation — The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of 
restricted stock, stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite 
service period (generally the vesting period).  The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded 
vesting.  The fair value of each restricted stock grant is based on the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.  
The Company issued restricted stock grants totaling 8,000 shares and 17,000 shares in 2017 and 2016, respectively.    

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using a binomial option-pricing model for all grants.  Expected 
volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option 
exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted for the binomial model is 
derived from applying a historical suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free 
rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant and commensurate with the contractual term of the grant.  There 
were no stock options granted in 2017 or 2016. 

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. 

Fair value measurements — The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and 
liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company bases the fair values on the price that would be received to sell an 
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available 
for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the 
Company may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for 
investment and securities held to maturity  that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments 
typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting. 

The Company has established and documented a process for determining fair value. The Company maximizes the use of observable 
inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily 
available market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve 
inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded 
earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial consolidated statements.  

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  There was no 
effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as a result of reclassifications. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets — Intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and core deposit intangibles that were acquired 
through a business combination. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. 
If an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable, management reviews the asset for 
impairment.  Any  goodwill  and  any  intangible  asset  acquired  in  a  purchase  business  combination  determined  to  have  an  indefinite 
useful life is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment, at a minimum, on an annual basis.  

The core deposit intangible represents the estimated future benefits of acquired deposits and is booked separately from the related 
deposits. The value of the core deposit intangible asset was determined using a discounted cash flow approach to arrive at the cost 
differential between the core deposits (non-maturity deposits such as transaction, savings and money market accounts) and alternative 
funding sources. The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated ten-year life, and it is evaluated 
periodically for impairment. No impairment loss was recognized as of December 31, 2017.  At December 31, 2017, the core deposit 
intangibles future estimated amortization expense is as follows: 

(in thousands) 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

Thereafter 

Total 

Core deposit intangible amortization 

$         114 

$         105 

$         96 

$        93 

$       89   

$     236 

$     733 

The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions in order to determine if it is more likely than not that the carrying value is 
impaired. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, the Company, with 
the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm, uses several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill 
for impairment including a discounted cash flow approach that includes assumptions made concerning the future earnings potential of 
the organization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, structure and business model. 
The current year's review of qualitative factors did not indicate that impairment has occurred, as such no quantitative analysis was 
performed at December 31, 2017.  

Recently Issued Accounting Standards —  

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is a converged standard involving FASB and International Financial Reporting 
Standards that provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers across transactions and 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
industries. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers in an amount and at a time that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange 
for those goods or services. Subsequent updates related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) are as follows: 

(cid:120)  August 2015 ASU No. 2015-14 - Deferral of the Effective Date, institutes a one-year deferral of the effective date of this 

amendment to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. 

(cid:120)  March 2016 ASU No. 2016-08 - Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), clarifies the 

implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations and on the use of indicators that assist an entity in 
determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer. 

(cid:120)  April 2016 ASU No. 2016-10 - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, provides guidance in determining 

performance obligations in a contract with a customer and clarifies whether a promise to grant a license provides a right to 
access or the right to use intellectual property. 

(cid:120)  May 2016 ASU No. 2016-12 - Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, gives further guidance on assessing 
collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at 
transition. 

The adoption of Topic 606 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In September, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments (Topic 
805). This ASU eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments to assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The new guidance under this update requires the cumulative impact of 
measurement period adjustments be recognized in the period the adjustment is determined. This update does not change what 
constitutes a measurement period adjustment, nor does it change the length of the measurement period. The new standard is effective 
for interim annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and should be applied prospectively to measurement period adjustments 
that occur after the effective date. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and 
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this ASU make improvements to GAAP related to 
financial instruments that include the following as applicable to us.  

(cid:120)  Equity investments, except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation 
of the investee, are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an 
entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, 
if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar 
investment of the same issuer. 

(cid:120)  Simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a 

qualitative assessment to identify impairment - if impairment exists, this requires measuring the investment at fair value.   

(cid:120)  Eliminates the requirement for public companies to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the 

fair value that is currently required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.   

(cid:120)  Public companies will be required to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for 

disclosure purposes.   

(cid:120)  Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial 

asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements.   

(cid:120)  The reporting entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale 

securities in combination with the entity's other deferred tax assets.   

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASU 2016-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods 
within those fiscal years. This ASU will impact our financial statement disclosures, however, we do not expect this ASU to have a 
material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU was issued to increase transparency and 
comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities, including leases classified as operating leases 
under previous GAAP, on the balance sheet and requiring additional disclosures of key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 
2016-02 is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and 
requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. Early application of the amendments is permitted.  While the Company has 
not quantified the impact to its balance sheet,  it does expect the adoption of this ASU will result in a gross-up in its balance sheet as a 
result of recording a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for each lease.    

In  June 2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326).  This  update  changes  the 
methodology used by financial institutions under current U.S. GAAP to recognize credit losses in the financial statements.  Currently, 
U.S. GAAP requires the use of the incurred loss model, whereby financial institutions recognize in current period earnings, incurred 
credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.    This guidance results in a new model 
for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses, commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.  
Under the CECL model, financial institutions are required to estimate future credit losses and recognize those losses in current period 
earnings.  The amendments within the update are effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, 
with  early  adoption  permitted.   Upon  adoption  of  the  amendments  within  this  update,  the  Company  will  be  required  to  make  a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  in  the  year  of  adoption. The  Company  is  currently  in  the 
process  of  evaluating  the  impact  the  adoption  of  this  update  will  have  on  its  financial  statements.    While  the  Company  has  not 
quantified the impact of this ASU, it does expect changing from the current incurred loss model to an expected loss model will result 
in an earlier recognition of losses. 

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments - Equity 
Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 
and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings.  These amendments apply to ASU 2014-9 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers), ASU 
2016-02 (Leases), and ASU 2016-13 (Financial Instruments - Credit Losses).  The Company does not expect these amendments to 
have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  Income  Statement  -  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income.  The  ASU  was  issued  to  address  certain 
stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The ASU provides 
companies  the  option  to  reclassify  stranded  tax  effects  within  AOCI  to  retained  earnings  in  each  period  in  which  the  effect  of  the 
change from the newly enacted corporate tax rate is recorded. The amount of the reclassification would be calculated on the basis of 
the  difference  between  the  historical  and  newly  enacted  tax  rates  for  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  related  to  items  within 
accumulated other comprehensive income. The ASU requires companies to disclose its accounting policy related to releasing income 
tax effects from AOCI, whether it has elected to reclassify the stranded tax effects, and information about the other income tax effects 
that are reclassified. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods, therein, 
and early adoption is permitted for public business entities for which financial statements have not yet been issued. As of December 
31, 2017, the Company adopted the ASU and made a reclassification adjustment from accumulated other comprehensive income to 
retained earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, related to the stranded tax effects due to the change in the 
federal corporate tax rate applied on the unrealized gains (losses) on investments on a portfolio basis, to reflect the provisions of this 
ASU. 

NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS 

Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks. The Company is required 
to maintain specified reserves by the Federal Reserve Bank. The average reserve requirements are based on a percentage of the 
Company’s deposit liabilities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Bank requires the Company to maintain a certain minimum balance at 
all times.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had a balance of $41,165,000 and $65,467,000, respectively, which 
exceeds the reserve requirement.    

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3 — SECURITIES 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2017, are as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

29,741  

$ 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA pools 

Corporate debt 

Asset backed securities 

Mutual fund 

2,628  

91,201  

11,818  

19,358  

22,866  

3,344  

$ 

374  

1  

2,174  

46  

112  

125  

0  

$ 

(143) 

(36) 

(308) 

(14) 

(681) 

(14) 

(232) 

29,972  

2,593  

93,067  

11,850  

18,789  

22,977  

3,112  

$ 

180,956  

$ 

2,832  

$ 

(1,428) 

$ 

182,360  

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017. 

(dollars in thousands) 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

Description of Securities 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

10,588   $ 

(46)  $ 

5,437   $ 

(97)  $ 

16,025   $ 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA pools 

Corporate debt 

Asset backed securities 

Mutual fund 

1,090  

28,779  

1,998  

1,994  

6,154  

0  

(11) 

(236) 

(4) 

(6) 

(13) 

0  

921  

5,611  

703  

13,815  

333  

3,112  

(26) 

(72) 

(9) 

(675) 

(1) 

(232) 

2,011  

34,390  

2,701  

15,809  

6,487  

3,112  

(143) 

(37) 

(308) 

(13) 

(681) 

(14) 

(232) 

Total temporarily impaired securities 

$ 

50,603   $ 

(316)  $ 

29,932   $ 

(1,112)  $ 

80,535   $ 

(1,428) 

At December 31, 2017, there was ten corporate debts, five municipalities, four U.S. agencies, two SBA pools, one asset backed 
security, one collateralized mortgage obligation and one mutual fund that comprised the total securities in an unrealized loss position 
for greater than 12 months and forty municipalities, six U.S. agencies, three asset backed securities, one collateralized mortgage 
obligation, one SBA pool and one corporate debt that make up the total securities in a loss position for less than 12 months.  
Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the 
impairment is temporary or other than temporary.  This evaluation encompasses various factors including, the nature of the 
investment, the cause of the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, credit ratings and other credit related factors 
such as third party guarantees and volatility of the security’s fair value.  Management has determined that no investment security is 
other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due primarily to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to 
sell the securities and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the 
maturity of the underlying investment security. 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2017, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown 
below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(dollars in thousands) 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Due in one year or less 

Due after one year through five years 

Due after five years through ten years 

Due after ten years 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

13,616 

60,128 

53,535 

53,677 

$ 

13,835 

60,274 

54,216 

54,035 

$ 

180,956 

$ 

182,360 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2016, are as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

27,879  

$ 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA pools 

Corporate debt 

Asset backed securities 

Mutual fund 

4,159  

77,957  

7,219  

21,349  

18,888  

3,264  

$ 

616  

7  

1,318  

0  

81  

32  

0  

$ 

(209) 

(57) 

(946) 

(51) 

(867) 

(101) 

(205) 

28,286  

4,109  

78,329  

7,168  

20,563  

18,819  

3,059  

$ 

160,715  

$ 

2,054  

$ 

(2,436) 

$ 

160,333  

F-18 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016. 

(dollars in thousands) 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

Description of Securities 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

U.S. agencies 

$ 

8,769   $ 

(208)  $ 

718   $ 

(1)  $ 

9,487   $ 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 

Municipalities 

SBA pools 

Corporate debt 

Asset backed securities 

Mutual fund 

3,166  

45,137  

6,415  

12,776  

2,576  

0  

(57) 

(917) 

(46) 

(757) 

(15) 

0  

0  

402  

753  

2,884  

8,272  

3,059  

0  

(29) 

(5) 

(110) 

(86) 

(205) 

3,166  

45,539  

7,168  

15,660  

10,848  

3,059  

(209) 

(57) 

(946) 

(51) 

(867) 

(101) 

(205) 

Total temporarily impaired securities 

$ 

78,839   $ 

(2,000)  $ 

16,088   $ 

(436)  $ 

94,927   $ 

(2,436) 

The Company recognized gross realized gains of $395,000 and $52,000 during 2017 and 2016, respectively, on certain available-for-
sale securities that were called or sold. There were no sales of securities and no losses on called securities during 2017 and 2016.   

Securities carried at $109,158,000 and $89,362,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of 
public funds. 

F-19 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTE 4 — LOANS 

The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Inyo, and Mono Counties. As of December 31, 
2017, approximately 78% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction loans. Approximately 
11% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. Additionally, 5% of 
the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 6% are agriculture loans.  

Loan totals were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Commercial real estate: 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Commercial real estate- construction 

$ 

Commercial real estate- mortgages 

31,265   $ 

417,138  

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total loans 

Less: 

10,072  

58,675  

69,610  

689  

37,161  

37,934  

23,378  

389,495  

9,823  

56,159  

64,201  

767  

38,672  

28,454  

662,544  

610,949  

Deferred loan fees and costs, net 

Allowance for loan losses 

(1,389) 

(8,166) 

(2,013) 

(7,832) 

Net loans 

$ 

652,989   $ 

601,104  

Loan Origination/Risk Management.  The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to 
maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a 
regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan 
production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification 
in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.  

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and 
prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional banking. 
Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management 
examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial 
and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral 
provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may 
fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as 
accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an 
unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be 
substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.  

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in 
addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real 
estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally 
largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the 
loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. 
The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This 
diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the 
Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. The Company 
also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. 
In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. At 
December 31, 2017, approximately 43% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were 
secured by owner-occupied properties.  

With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate 
from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a 
proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity 
analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally 
based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans 
often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. 
Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of 
developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely 
monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment 
being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of 
long-term financing.  

The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. 
To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff 
personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. 
Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans 
follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum housing and total 
debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements. 

The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. 
Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and 
assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.  

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been 
received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower 
may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be 
placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all 
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess 
of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current 
and future payments are reasonably assured. 

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Commercial real estate: 

Land 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer residential 

Total non-accrual loans 

 $ 

$ 

993  

 $ 

302  

16  

1,311   $ 

2,715  

306  

16  

3,037  

Had non-accrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms, the Company would have recognized additional 
interest income of approximately $114,000 in 2017 and $156,000 in 2016.  

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of 
December 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

30-59 
Days 
Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days 
Past 
Due 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days 
Past 
Due 

Total 
Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 

$ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

31,265   $ 

31,265   $ 

0  
0  
0  
19  
0  
0  
0  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  
993  
0  
302  
0  
0  
0  

0  
993  
0  
321  
0  
0  
0  

417,138  
9,079  
58,675  
69,289  
689  
37,161  
37,934  

417,138  
10,072  
58,675  
69,610  
689  
37,161  
37,934  

December 31, 2017 

Commercial real estate: 
Commercial R.E. - 
construction 
Commercial R.E. - 
mortgages 
Land 
Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 
Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 

Total 

$ 

19   $ 

0   $ 

1,295   $ 

1,314   $ 

661,230   $ 

662,544   $ 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due and 
Still 
Accruing 

0  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of 
December 31, 2016 (in thousands): 

30-59 
Days 
Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days 
Past 
Due 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days 
Past 
Due 

Total 
Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 

$ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

23,378  

23,378   $ 

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  
2,748  
0  
302  
0  
16  
0  

0  
2,748  
0  
302  
0  
16  
0  

389,495  
7,075  
56,159  
63,899  
767  
38,656  
28,454  

607,883  

389,495  
9,823  
56,159  
64,201  
767  
38,672  
28,454  

610,949   $ 

Total 

$ 

0   $ 

0   $ 

3,066   $ 

3,066   $ 

December 31, 2016 

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial R.E. - 
construction 

Commercial R.E. - 
mortgages 
Land 
Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 
Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 

Greater 
Than 90 
Days Past 
Due and 
Still 
Accruing 

0  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be 
unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled 
principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual 
loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported 
net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is 
expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the 
principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are 
charged off when deemed uncollectible. 

F-22 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Impaired loans by class as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are set forth in the following tables.  No interest income was recognized on 
impaired loans subsequent to their classification as impaired during 2017 and 2016.  

(in thousands) 

December 31, 2017 
Commercial real estate: 
   Commercial R.E. - construction 
Commercial R.E. - mortgages 

   Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 
Total 

(in thousands) 

December 31, 2016 
Commercial real estate: 
   Commercial R.E. - construction 
Commercial R.E. - mortgages 

   Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer 
Consumer residential 
Agriculture 
Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

Total 
Recorded 
Investment 

Related 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

0   $ 
0  
1,309  
0  
334  
0  
16  
0  
1,659   $ 

0   $ 
0  
0  
0  
302  
0  
16  
0  
318   $ 

0   $ 
0  
993  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
993   $ 

0   $ 
0  
993  
0  
302  
0  
16  
0  
1,311   $ 

0   $ 
0  
680  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
680   $ 

0  
0  
1,760  
0  
303  
0  
76  
0  
2,139  

Unpaid 
Contractual 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With No 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment 
With 
Allowance 

Total 
Recorded 
Investment 

Related 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

0   $ 
0  
3,131  
0  
353  
0  
16  
0  
3,500   $ 

0   $ 
0  
289  
0  
306  
0  
16  
0  
611   $ 

0   $ 
0  
2,426  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
2,426   $ 

0   $ 
0  
2,715  
0  
306  
0  
16  
0  
3,037   $ 

0   $ 
0  
680  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
680   $ 

0  
0  
2,476  
0  
313  
0  
0  
0  
2,789  

Troubled Debt Restructurings –  In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is 
performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the 
modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy. 

At December 31, 2017, there were 4 loans that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings, all of which are considered non-
accrual totaling $1,311,000.  At December 31, 2016, there were 6 loans that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings, all of 
which are considered non-accrual totaling $3,037,000.  There were no unfunded commitments on TDR loans at December 31, 2017 
and 2016.  We have allocated $680,000 of specific reserves to loans whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings 
as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

During the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings, as compared to two loans 
during that were modified during 2016. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a 
reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date; or a temporary payment modification in which the 
payment amount allocated towards principal was reduced. In some cases, a permanent reduction of the accrued interest on the loan 
was conceded.  The loans restructured during 2016 totaled $308,000.  These restructurings did not modify the principal balances, did 
not increase the allowance for loan losses and there were no charge offs as a result of the loan modifications. 

F-23 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
There was one commercial real estate loan with a balance of $289,000 that was modified as troubled debt restructuring and had a 
subsequent payment default during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to no payment defaults of modified loans during 
2017.   

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is thirty days contractually past due under the modified terms. 

Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic characteristics of 
commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the loan quality 
information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank examiners. 
We grade loans using the following letter system: 

1 Exceptional Loan 
2 Quality Loan 
3A Better Than Acceptable Loan 
3B Acceptable Loan 
3C Marginally Acceptable Loan 
4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan 
5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned 
6 Substandard Loan 
7 Doubtful Loan 
8 Loss 

1. Exceptional Loan - Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass.  To qualify for this 
rating, the following characteristics must be present: 

-A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin. 
-Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to 
economic cycles. 
-Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans that are 
fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly margined cash 
collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount. 

2. Quality Loan - Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are 
considered Pass.  Other factors include: 

-Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined primary 
and secondary sources. 
-Consistent strong earnings. 
-A solid equity base. 

3A. Better than Acceptable Loan - In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further 
granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-
defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is the stronger 
third of the pass category, but is not strong enough to be a grade 2 and is characterized by: 

-Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines. 
-Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession. 
-The loan has no exceptions to policy. 
-Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines. 
-Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely. 
-Little to no debt on balance sheet. 

3B. Acceptable Loan - 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. 
These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. 
Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not 
represent repayment risk. These loans: 

-Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced management. 
-Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner. 

3C. Marginally Acceptable - 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics: 

F-24 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Requires collateral. A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources 
of repayment other than the subject collateral.  Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal 
background experience of management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability 
(acceptable reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans. 

4W Watch Acceptable - Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored for a 
number of indicators. These characteristics may include any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted 
projections or prior period’s results (i.e., declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including 
adverse balance sheet ratios, trade debt issues, etc.). Additionally, any managerial or personal problems of company management, 
decline in the entire industry or local economic conditions failure to provide financial information or other documentation as 
requested; issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals; and any other issues that cause concern for the company. Loans to 
individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral. Weakness identified 
in a Watch credit is short-term in nature.  Loans in this category are usually accounts the Company would want to retain providing a 
positive turnaround can be expected within a reasonable time frame.  Grade 4 loans are considered Pass.   

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential 
weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result 
in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be 
detailed in this category include the following: 

-The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement. 
-Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral. 
-Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future. 
-A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point that 
repayment is jeopardized. 

6 Substandard Loan - A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of 
the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if 
the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist 
in individual extensions of credit classified substandard. 

7 Doubtful Loan - An extension of credit classified “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the 
added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and 
values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and reasonably 
specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred 
until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceedings, 
capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified doubtful when 
collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case of a company 
being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 percent to 
unsecured creditors, including the Company. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual values 
yet to be realized. By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 percent. 
A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit 
classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between 
examinations. In other words, a credit classified doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, there 
may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer. 

8. Loss - Extensions of credit classified “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable 
assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it 
is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not be the 
Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period in 
which they surface as uncollectible. 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there are no loans that are classified with a risk grade of 8- Loss. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents weighted average risk grades of our loan portfolio.  

Commercial real estate: 

Commercial real estate - construction 

Commercial real estate - mortgages 

Land 

Farmland 

Commercial and industrial 

Consumer 

Consumer residential 

Agriculture 

Total gross loans 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Weighted Average 
Risk Grade 

Weighted Average 
Risk Grade 

3.08  

3.01  

3.71  

3.14  

3.09  

2.34  

3.01  

3.19  

3.05  

3.07  

3.08  

4.39  

3.09  

2.70  

2.28  

3.03  

3.08  

3.06  

The following table presents risk grade totals by class of loans as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  Risk grades 1 through 4 have been 
aggregated in the “Pass” line.   

(in thousands)

December 31, 2017

Pass
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Commercial R.E.
Construction

Commercial R.E.
M ortgages

Land (1)

Farmland

Commercial and 
Industrial

Consumer

Consumer 
Residential

Agriculture

Total

$                 30,008  $              416,437  $              8,901  $            58,675  $            65,313  $                 662  $            37,100  $            37,934 
                     - 
                     - 
                     - 

                  1,257 
                          - 
                          - 

                        - 
                    701 
                        - 

                     - 
                     - 
                     - 

                     - 
                  27 
                     - 

                     - 
                  61 
                     - 

                     - 
             1,171 
                     - 

             3,762 
                535 
                     - 

$ 

           655,030 
               5,019 
               2,495 
                       - 

Total loans

$                 31,265 

$ 

             417,138 

$ 

           10,072 

$ 

           58,675 

$ 

           69,610 

$ 

                689 

$ 

           37,161 

$ 

           37,934 

$ 

           662,544 

December 31, 2016

Pass
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful

$ 

$                 22,560 
                     818 
                          - 
                          - 

             388,365 
                 1,063 
                      67 
                        - 

$ 

             6,637 
                     - 
             2,906 
                280 

$ 

           56,159 
                     - 

$ 

                     - 

           62,770 
                189 
             1,242 
                     - 

$ 

                738 
                     - 
                  29 
                     - 

$ 

           38,300 
                     - 
                372 
                     - 

$ 

           28,454 
                     - 
                     - 
                     - 

$ 

           603,983 
               2,070 
               4,616 
                  280 

Total loans

$                 23,378 

$ 

             389,495 

$ 

             9,823 

$ 

           56,159 

$ 

           64,201 

$ 

                767 

$ 

           38,672 

$ 

           28,454 

$ 

           610,949 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to 
expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of 
loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan 
portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC 
Topic 310, “Receivables” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Accordingly, the 
methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and 
specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate 
level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for  loan losses reflects 
loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized 
loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on 
all loans for a particular period.  In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance 
for loan losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among 
other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.  

F-26 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss 
experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the 
current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for 
any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information 
available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, 
among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the 
regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

The Company’s allowance for  loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance with 
ASC Topic 310 based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC 
Topic 450 based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, adjusted, as necessary, to 
reflect the impact of current conditions; and (iii) general valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 450 based 
on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.  

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of problem loans. 
Loans are classified based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to 
repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This 
analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial loans. When a loan has a calculated grade of 5 or higher, a 
special assets officer analyzes the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a 
portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability 
to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s 
industry, among other things.  

Historical valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans and the internal risk 
grade of such loans at the time they were charged-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with 
similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The 
historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off experience. A historical valuation allowance is established for 
each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The 
Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate 
loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans.  

General valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to 
the Company. In general, such valuation allowances are determined by evaluating, among other things: (i) the experience, ability and 
effectiveness of the Company’s lending management and staff; (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s loan policies, procedures and 
internal controls; (iii) changes in asset quality; (iv) changes in loan portfolio volume; (v) the composition and concentrations of credit; 
(vi) the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing; (vii) the effectiveness of the internal loan review function; (viii) the 
impact of environmental risks on portfolio risks; and (ix) the impact of rising interest rates on portfolio risk. Management evaluates 
the degree of risk that each one of these components has on the quality of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis. Each component is 
determined to have either a high, moderate or low degree of risk. The results are then input into a “general allocation matrix” to 
determine an appropriate general valuation allowance.  

Included in the general valuation allowances are allocations for groups of similar loans with risk characteristics that exceed certain 
concentration limits established by management. Concentration risk limits have been established, among other things, for certain 
industry concentrations, large balance and highly leveraged credit relationships that exceed specified risk grades, and loans originated 
with policy exceptions that exceed specified risk grades.  

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer loan 
accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.  

F-27 

 
 
  
The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 
2016. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other 
categories.  

Allowance  for Loan Losse s
For the  Ye ar Ende d De ce mbe r 31, 2017 and 2016

(in thousands)

Commercial

Commercial

Ye ar Ende d De ce mbe r 31, 2017
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses

Ending balance

(in thousands)

Ye ar Ende d De ce mbe r 31, 2016
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses

Ending balance

$

$

$

$

Real Estate
6,185
0
0
146

$

and Industrial
697
0
0
116

$

Consumer
51
(30)
13
(7)

$

Consumer

Residential
325
0
1
(26)

$

$

Agriculture
504
0
0
189

6,331

$

813

$

27

$

300

$

693

$

Commercial

Commercial

Real Estate
5,920
-

4
261

$

and Industrial
627
-
-

$

70

Consumer
38
(18)
5
26

Consumer

Residential
426
-

$

$

1
(102)

Agriculture
309
-
-
195

6,185

$

697

$

51

$

325

$

504

$

Unallocated

T otal

70 $
0
0
(68)

2 $

7,832
(30)
14
350

8,166

Unallocated

T otal

$

36

$

-
-

34

70

$

7,356
(18)
10
484

7,832

The following table details the allowance for loan losses and ending gross loan balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, 

summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment. 

(in thousands)
De ce mbe r 31, 2017
Allowance for loan losses for loans:

Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment

Ending gross loan balances:

Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment

De ce mbe r 31, 2016
Allowance for loan losses for loans:

Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment

Ending gross loans balances:

Individually evaluated for impairment

Collectively evaluated for impairment

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
and Industrial

Consumer

Consumer
Residential

Agriculture

Unallocated

T otal

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

680
5,651

6,331

993
516,157

517,150

680
5,505
6,185

2,748

476,107
478,855

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0
813

813

303
69,307

69,610

0
697
697

306

63,895
64,201

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0
27

27

0
689

689

0
51
51

0

767
767

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0
300

300

15
37,146

37,161

0
325
325

16

38,656
38,672

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0
693

693

0
37,934

37,934

0
504
504

0

28,454
28,454

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2

2

0
0

0

70
70

0

0
0

680
7,486

8,166

1,311
661,233

662,544

680
7,152
7,832

3,070

607,879
610,949

F-28 

 
 
             
             
            
             
             
           
            
                
              
           
              
             
          
               
                    
              
              
                 
             
          
                 
                
               
            
            
             
           
               
             
             
            
             
             
           
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance off-balance-sheet commitments were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Provision charged to operations for off balance sheet 
Balance, end of year 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

$ 

284  

21  
305  

$ 

$ 

238   

46  
284   

The method for calculating the reserve for off-balance-sheet loan commitments is based on a reserve percentage which is less than 
other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This reserve percentage, based on many factors including 
historical losses and existing economic conditions, is evaluated by management periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed 
loan commitment balance to calculate the reserve for off-balance-sheet commitments.  Reserves for off-balance-sheet commitments 
are recorded in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, loans carried at $662,544,000 and $610,949,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral on 
advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

NOTE 5 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Land 

Building 

Leasehold improvements 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 

Branch construction work-in-process 

Less accumulated depreciation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

4,645  

$ 

8,809   

4,307   

7,628   

1,948  

27,337   

4,755   

9,064   

4,307   

7,470   

0  

25,596   

(12,859)   

(11,908)   

$ 

14,478  

$ 

13,688   

Depreciation expense was $1,124,000 and $1,252,000 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6 — INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS 

Other assets are summarized as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Net deferred tax asset 

Goodwill 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 

Interest income receivable on loans 

Interest income receivable on investments 

Core deposit intangible 

Federal Reserve Bank stock 

Investment in limited partnership 

Prepaid expenses and other 

NOTE 7 — DEPOSITS 

Deposit totals were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Demand 

Money market deposit accounts 

Savings 

Time deposits $250,000 and under 

Time deposits over $250,000 

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

2,642    $ 

3,313  

3,377   

1,859  

1,312   

743  

758   

266   

2,812  

$ 

17,082  

$ 

4,729    

3,313   

3,037   

1,688   

1,143   

872    

758    

328    

1,093   

16,961    

DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

   $ 

539,383 

280,342 

69,630 

29,424 

20,103 

500,930 

283,643 

75,122 

33,428 

20,970 

Total deposits 

$ 

938,882 

$ 

914,093 

Certificates of deposit issued and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2017, are as follows (in thousands): 

Year ending December 31, 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

$ 

30,289   

14,882   

4,228   

22   

106  

$ 

49,527   

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8 — FHLB ADVANCES 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and 
available advances totaled $249,170,000 at December 31, 2017.  Loans carried at $662,544,000 as of December 31, 2017, were 
pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and 
available advances totaled $236,730,000 at December 31, 2016.  Loans carried at $610,949,000 as of December 31, 2016, were 
pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

NOTE 9 — INTEREST ON DEPOSITS 

Interest on deposits was comprised of the following: 

(in thousands) 

Savings and other deposits 

Time deposits over $250,000 

Other time deposits 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

$ 

896   

$ 

74   

95   

1,065  

$ 

594   

63   

107   

764   

NOTE 10 — INCOME TAXES 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

(in thousands) 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

Current 

   Federal 

State 

Deferred 

   Federal 

State 

2017 

2016 

 $                   3,185  

 $                   3,117  

                      1,447  

                      1,044  

                      4,632  

                      4,161  

                      1,380  

                        (568) 

                         135  

                        (119) 

                      1,515  

                        (687) 

 $                   6,147  

 $                   3,474  

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the consolidated 
balance sheets, is shown below: 

(in thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses 

   Restricted stock expense 

Accrued vacation 

   Accrued salary continuation liability 

Deferred compensation 

  Accrued bonus 

Core deposit intangible 

  Merger Costs 

   Nonaccrual loans 

Reserve for undisbursed commitments 

   OREO expenses 

State income tax 

   Holding company organization fees 

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

   Prepaid expenses 

FHLB dividends 

   Accumulated depreciation 

Deferred loan costs 

   Goodwill Amortization 

   Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

 DECEMBER 31,  

2017 

2016 

 $                   2,415  

 $                   3,222  

1  

72  

901  

77  

1  

44  

103  

0  

90  

173  

304  

15  

0  

49  

88  

1,137  

108  

14  

37  

153  

218  

111  

241  

409  

25  

157  

4,196  

5,969  

(418) 

(158) 

(102) 

(330) 

(131) 

(415) 

(1,554) 

(107) 

(220) 

(396) 

(419) 

(98) 

0  

(1,240) 

   Net deferred income tax asset 

 $                   2,642  

 $                   4,729  

Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will 
be realized in the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance. 

The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, 
and records adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of 
the Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions, if any, and the overall tax 
environment.   

The Company had no liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.   

F-32 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effective tax rate for 2017 and 2016 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Federal statutory income tax rate 

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit 

Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans 

Tax exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance 

Low income housing tax credit 

Adjustment of non-deductible merger expenses 

Deferred tax asset re-measurement 

Other 

Effective tax rate 

 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

2017 

2016 

34.0% 

7.2% 

-5.2% 

-1.4% 

-0.3% 

0.0% 

6.5% 

-0.4% 

40.3% 

34.0% 

7.2% 

-6.2% 

-1.6% 

-0.6% 

-1.5% 

0.0% 

-0.1% 

31.2% 

Oak Valley Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax 
jurisdiction.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2014 for U.S. Federal or for years 
before 2013 for California. 

NOTE 11 — STOCK OPTION PLAN 

The Company currently has two equity based incentive plans, the Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan and 
the Oak Valley Bancorp 2008 Stock Plan. The 2008 Stock Plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stocks, non-statutory 
stock options, stock appreciation rights and restrictive stocks.  Under the 2008 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 1,500,000 
shares of its common stock to key employees and directors as incentive and non-qualified stock options, respectively, at a price equal 
to the fair value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options are exercisable in equal increments over a five-year period 
from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of Directors. All incentive stock options expire no later than 
ten years from the date of grant.  Future grants are not permitted under the 1998 Stock Plan and will all be issued from the 2008 Stock 
Plan until it expires in June of 2018. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the years end December 31, 2017 and 2016 are 
presented below. 

Outstanding at beginning of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at end of year 

DECEMBER 31, 2017 

DECEMBER 31, 2016 

Shares 

  Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 

15,000 

0 
(9,000)    
(2,500) 
3,500     

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

9.58  

0.00  

10.10  

12.75  

5.94  

  Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12.13 

0.00 

0.00 

14.26 

9.58 

Shares 

33,000  

0  

0  

(18,000 ) 

15,000   

F-33 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year 

Intrinsic value of options exercised 

Options outstanding and exercisable at year end: 

Weighted average exercise price 
Intrinsic value 
Weighted average remaining contractual life 

2017 
N/A 

$               56 

3,500 
$               5.94 
$                  48 
0.79 years 

2016 
N/A 

N/A 

15,000 
$               9.58 
$                  45 
0.84 years 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, there was no recorded income tax benefits related to disqualifying dispositions of stock option 
exercises.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no exercises of stock options and therefore no income tax benefits 
related to disqualifying dispositions.  All outstanding stock options became fully vested during 2014 and therefore there is no 
remaining unrecognized stock option compensation expense.   

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock and changes during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are 
presented below. 

Unvested at beginning of year 

Granted 

Vested 

Cancelled 

Unvested at end of year 

DECEMBER 31, 2017 

DECEMBER 31, 2016 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8.16 

14.62 

7.45 

8.54 

11.07 

Shares 

56,075    

8,000    

(32,425 )  

(6,850 )  

24,800    

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

Shares 

81,511  

17,000  

(35,736 ) 

(6,700 ) 

56,075   

$

$

$

$

$

7.59 

9.61 

7.24 

9.80 

8.16 

The Company granted 8,000 shares of restricted stock in 2017 with a weighted average fair value of $14.62 per share.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2017, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock 
awards was $103,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $42,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes.  The Company 
recorded an additional tax benefit of $88,000 to income tax expense to recognize the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, 
which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair 
value.  As of December 31, 2017, there was $216,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards 
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.46 years.  During 2017, shares of restricted stock awards 
totaling 32,425 with a fair value of $241,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.   

The Company granted 17,000 shares of restricted stock in 2016 with a weighted average fair value of $9.61 per share.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2016, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock 
awards was $256,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $105,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes.  The Company 
recorded an additional tax benefit of $33,000 to income tax expense to recognize the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, 
which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair 
value.  As of December 31, 2016, there was $260,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards 
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.89 years.  During 2016, shares of restricted stock awards 
totaling 35,736 with a fair value of $321,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.   

F-34 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12 — EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The 
following table shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested 
restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. 
Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a 
year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock 
method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted 
stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed 
earnings.  Therefore, under the two class method the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities. 

The Company’s calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) including basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock 
equivalents and diluted EPS, which considers all dilutive common stock equivalents is as follows:  

(dollars in thousands) 

Basic EPS: 

Net income 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Non-vested restricted stock 

Total dilutive shares 

Diluted EPS: 

Net income per diluted share 

(dollars in thousands) 

Basic EPS: 

Net income 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Non-vested restricted stock 

Total dilutive shares 

Diluted EPS: 

Net income per diluted share 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 

Income 
(Numerator) 

  Weighted Avg 

Shares 
  (Denominator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

$ 

9,094 

8,060,686 

  $ 

1.13   

— 
— 

3,978 
16,833 
20,811 

$ 

9,094 

8,081,497 

  $ 

1.13   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 

Income 
(Numerator) 

  Weighted Avg 

Shares 
  (Denominator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

$ 

7,665 

8,047,046 

  $ 

0.95   

— 
— 

1,663 
33,948 
35,611 

$ 

7,665 

8,082,657 

  $ 

0.95   

There were no anti-dilutive stock options outstanding during 2017, as compared to weighted average anti-dilutive options to purchase 
17,480 shares of common stock in prices ranging from $9.95 to $15.67 outstanding during 2016. They were not included in the 
computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.   

During 2017 and 2016, there were no anti-dilutive shares from non-vested restricted stock grants because the fair value of each grant 
was lower than the average market price of the common shares.   

F-35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Company is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and 
escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was 
$1,092,000 and $1,004,000, respectively. 

At December 31, 2017, the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows (in thousands): 

Year ending December 31, 

2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
Thereafter 

  $ 

  $ 

1,106   
1,085   
996   
696   
645   
2,320   

6,848   

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby 
letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount 
recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in 
particular classes of financial instruments. 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments 
to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the 
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Financial instruments at December 31, 2017 whose contract amounts represent credit risk: 

(in thousands) 

Undisbursed loan commitments 

$ 

Checking reserve 
Equity lines 

Standby letters of credit 

Contract 
Amount 

98,814   

1,239   
15,980   

1,991   

$ 

118,024   

Commitments to extend credit, including undisbursed loan commitments and equity lines, are agreements to lend to a customer as 
long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other 
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn 
upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s 
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of 
credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, 
plant, equipment and income-producing commercial properties. 

Checking reserves are lines of credit associated consumer deposit accounts that meet qualification standards for extension of credit if 
the deposit account were to become overdraft.   

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third 
party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to 
customers. 

F-36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent 
the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and 
subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. The following 
methods and assumptions are used by the Company. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value. 

Restricted Equity Securities —   The carrying amounts of the stock the Company’s owns in FRB and FHLB approximate their fair 
value and are considered a level 2 valuation. 

Securities (including mortgage-backed securities) — Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.  See Note 15 for 
additional disclosure regarding fair values of securities.   

Loans receivable — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based 
on carrying values. The fair values for other loans (e.g., real estate construction and mortgage, commercial, and installment loans) are 
estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of 
similar credit quality.  The allowance for loan losses is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount due to credit risks.   

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of 
money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). 
The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at 
the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies 
interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits. 

Interest receivable and payable — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value. 

Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Company’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the 
counterparties. 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2017 were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Restricted equity securities 

Loans, net 

Interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 

Interest payable 

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 

Commitments and standby letters of credit 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

  Hierarchy 
  Valuation 

Level 

$ 

149,173  

$

4,135  

652,989  

1,312  

149,173 

4,135 

658,618 

1,312 

(938,882 ) 

(45 ) 

(829,992) 

(45) 

(1,180) 

1 

2 

3 

2 

3 

2 

3 

F-37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2016 were as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Restricted equity securities 

Loans, net 

Interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 

Interest payable 

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 

Commitments and standby letters of credit 

NOTE 15 (cid:16)(cid:16) FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

  Hierarchy 
  Valuation 

Level 

$ 

190,810  

$

3,795  

601,104  

2,831  

190,810 

3,795 

611,553 

2,831 

(914,093 ) 

(45 ) 

(811,519) 

(45) 

(1,107) 

1 

2 

3 

2 

3 

2 

3 

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-
level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. 
The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. 
The three levels are defined as follow: 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that 
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. 
Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level 
in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular 
input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  Transfers 
between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which 
generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process.  During 2017, there were no transfers between levels of the 
fair value hierarchy. 

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 
are summarized below: 

(in thousands) 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 

Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Municipalities 
SBA pools 
Corporate debt 
Asset backed securities 
Mutual fund 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 

Impaired loans: 
     Land 
     Commercial and industrial 
     Consumer residential  

Other real estate owned 

(in thousands) 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 

Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Municipalities 
SBA pools 
Corporate debt 
Asset backed securities 
Mutual fund 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 

Impaired loans: 
     Land 
     Commercial and industrial 
     Consumer residential  

Other real estate owned 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 
2017 

$ 

29,972   
2,593   
93,067  
11,850  
18,789 
22,977  
3,112  

$ 

993    
302   
16   

253   

$ 

0   
0   
0  
0  
0  
0  
3,112  

$ 

29,972   
2,593   
93,067  
11,850  
18,789  
22,977  
0  

$ 

0   
0  
0  

0   

$ 

0    
0   
0   

0    

0    
0    
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   

993   
302   
16   

253    

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 
2016 

$ 

0   
0   
0  
0  
0  
0  
3,059  

$ 

28,286   
4,109    
78,329   
7,168   
20,563   
18,819   
0   

0    
0    
0   
0   
0   
0   
0   

$ 

0   
0  
0  

0   

$ 

0    
0   
0   

0    

1,746   
302   
16   

1,210    

$ 

28,286    
4,109    
78,329   
7,168   
20,563  
18,819   
3,059   

$ 

1,746    
302   
16   

1,210   

F-39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
 
    
   
    
    
  
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
 
    
   
    
    
  
   
 
  
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. 

Available-for-sale securities - Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value 
measurement is based upon quoted market prices, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured 
using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted 
for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions, and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.  Level 1 securities include 
those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or 
brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds.  Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by 
government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.  Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed 
securities in less liquid markets. 

Impaired loans - ASC Topic 820 applies to loans measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted by ASC Topic 
310, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.  The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis.  
However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established.  Loans for which it is 
probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are 
considered impaired.  Impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral less the cost related to 
liquidation of the collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy.  When the fair value of the collateral is based on an 
observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3.  Likewise, 
when an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the 
appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3. 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held-for-sale and are 
initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs.  Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO 
are charged to the allowance for loan losses, subsequent to foreclosure.  Appraisals or evaluations are then done periodically thereafter 
charging any additional write-downs or valuation allowances to the appropriate expense accounts.  Values are derived from appraisals 
of underlying collateral and discounted cash flow analysis.  OREO is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. 

Net realizable value of the underlying collateral is the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs and any prior liens. 
Appraisals, recent comparable sales, offers and listing prices are factored in when valuing the collateral. We review and verify the 
qualifications and licenses of the certified general appraisers used for appraising commercial properties or certified residential 
appraisers for residential properties. Real estate appraisals may utilize a combination of approaches including replacement cost, sales 
comparison and the income approach. Comparable sales and income data are analyzed by the appraisers and adjusted to reflect 
differences between them and the subject property such as type, leasing status and physical condition. When the appraisals are 
received, Management reviews the assumptions and methodology utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting value in 
conjunction with independent data sources such as recent market data and industry-wide statistics. We generally use a 6% discount for 
selling costs which is applied to all properties, regardless of size. Appraised values may be adjusted to reflect changes in market 
conditions that have occurred subsequent to the appraisal date, or for revised estimates regarding the timing or cost of the property 
sale. These adjustments typically range between 10% and 20% of the appraised value and are based on qualitative judgments made by 
management on a case-by-case basis. 

NOTE 16 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, 
and their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with 
other customers of the Company. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below: 

(in thousands) 

Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year 
New loans or advances during year 
Repayments during year 
Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

$ 

7,100    $ 
7   
(1,757 ) 
5,350    $ 

6,634    
3,322   
(2,854 ) 
7,100    

Related party deposits totaled $63,633,000 and $66,006,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

F-40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
From time to time, some of the Company’s Directors, directly or through affiliates, may perform services for the Bank. These 
activities are performed in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and are subject to strict compliance with the policies outlined 
below. In 2017, the Company paid $131,000 to Design Studio 120, a company affiliated with a Director’s daughter, for renovation and 
design work performed in connection with new branches in Sonora and Turlock that are scheduled to open in 2018.  In 2016, the 
Company paid $330,000 to Design Studio 120 for similar services in connection with various projects and maintenance on the Bank’s 
branches.  Except for such payments, no other material services or activities were performed for purposes of Item 404(a) of Regulation 
S-K under the Exchange Act. 

NOTE 17 — PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

The profit sharing plan to which both the Company and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. Bank contributions are 
voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $509,000 and $489,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

NOTE 18 — RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS 

Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained 
earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made 
during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the 
Commissioner of the Department of Business Oversight, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its last fiscal year or 
the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will depend on the Bank’s 
earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements. 

NOTE 19 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company has awarded certain officers a salary continuation plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the participants will be provided 
with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten to twenty years after retirement.  The Company is also responsible for certain pre-
retirement death benefits under the Plan. In connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Company purchased single premium 
life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Plan.  The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of 
these life insurance policies. The assets of the Plan, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are 
available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors. 

During December 2001, the Company awarded its directors a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will 
be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-
retirement death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium 
life insurance policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these 
life insurance policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are 
available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors. 

Future compensation under both plans is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary 
continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Company’s current 
benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate 
used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary 
continuation contracts, which average approximately ten years. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $3,047,000 and $2,762,000, 
respectively, has been accrued to date, and is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Company entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with certain officers. In connection with the implementation of the 
split-dollar agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered by 
the split-dollar life insurance agreements. The Company is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to 
the cash surrender value of the policies. 

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $18,517,000 and $18,004,000 at December 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively.  

F-41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20 — REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Bank and the Company are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy 
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve 
quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory 
accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and 
ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, Tier I and Common Equity Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted 
assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2017, 
that the Bank and Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As of December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total 
risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are 
no conditions or events since notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2017 and 2016, are presented in the following table. 

 (in thousands) 

Actual 

Adequately capitalized 
threshold (1) 

To be well 
capitalized under 
prompt corrective 
action provisions 

 Capital ratios for Bank: 

Amount 

   Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

As of December 31, 2017 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

   $

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)     $
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk 

Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

$

   $

As of December 31, 2016 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

   $

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)     $
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk 

Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

$

   $

93,933  

85,462  

85,462  

85,462  

86,603  

78,487  

78,487  

78,487  

11.3% 

10.3% 

10.3% 

8.4% 

11.3% 

10.2% 

10.2% 

8.1% 

 Capital ratios for Bancorp: 

As of December 31, 2017 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)   
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk 

Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

As of December 31, 2016 

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)   
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk 

Weighted Assets) 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

94,354  

85,883  

85,883  

85,883  

11.3% 

10.3% 

10.3% 

8.4% 

86,966  

78,850  

78,850  

78,850  

11.3% 

10.3% 

10.3% 

8.1% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

77,102   

60,431   

47,928  

40,820   

>9.25%    

>7.25%    

>5.75%   

>4.0% 

66,358   

50,970   

39,430  

38,726   

>8.625%    

>6.625%    

>5.125%   

>4.0% 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

83,354   

66,683   

54,180  

51,025   

>10.0%    

>8.0% 

>6.5% 

>5.0% 

76,937   

61,549   

50,009  

48,408   

>10.0%    

>8.0% 

>6.5% 

>5.0% 

77,119   

60,445   

47,939  

40,823   

>9.25%   

>7.25%   

>5.75%   

>4.0% 

66,365  

50,976  

39,435  

38,731  

>8.625%   

>6.625%   

>5.125%   

>4.0% 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

The adequately capitalized thresholds in the table above, includes the capital conservation buffers of 1.25% in 2017 and 

(1) 
0.625% in 2016, that became effective January 1, 2016. These ratios are not reflected on a fully phased-in basis, which will occur in 
January 2019. 

In July 2013, the U.S. banking agencies approved the U.S. version of Basel III. The federal bank regulatory agencies adopted 
version of Basel III revises the risk-based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to 
make them consistent with Basel III and to meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.   Although many of the rules contained in 
these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased in basis to all 
banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank.  Among other things, the rules establish a new minimum common equity 
Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and 
a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks). The new additional capital 
conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and 
must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses.  The 
additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions.  The new rules assign higher risk 
weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that 

F-43 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The rules also change the permitted composition of Tier 1 
capital to exclude trust preferred securities, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and 
losses on available for sale debt and equity securities (with a one-time opt out option for Standardized Banks (banks with less than 
$250 billion of total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion of foreign exposures)).  The rules, including alternative requirements 
for smaller community financial institutions like the Company, would be phased in through 2019.  The implementation of the Basel III 
framework for the Company and the Bank commenced on January 1, 2015. 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount 

of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five 
categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of 
Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are 
required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant 
to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the 
volume and severity of problem loans.  

F-44 

 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 

(dollars in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Other assets 

Total assets 

December 31,  
2017 

December 31,  
2016 

$ 

$ 

269   $ 

90,346  
186  

229  
82,087  
135  

90,801   $ 

82,451  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Other liabilities 

$ 

                         34   $ 

                           1  

Total liabilities 

$ 

                         34   $ 

                           1  

Shareholders’ equity 
Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 

8,098,605 and 8,088,455 shares issued and outstanding at  
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 

Total shareholders’ equity 

24,773  
3,576  
61,429  
989  

90,767  

24,682  
3,474  
54,519  
(225) 

82,450  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

$ 

90,801   $ 

82,451  

F-45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

       Year Ended December 31,  
2016 

2017 

$ 

2,022   $ 
2,022  

(dollars in thousands) 

INCOME 
   Dividends declared by subsidiary 

Total income 

EXPENSES 

Salary expense 

   Employee benefit expense 

Legal expense 

   Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expense 

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Income before income tax benefit 

Income tax benefit 

Net income 

1,940  
1,940  

97  
255  
32  
145  
529  

1,411  

6,003  
7,414  

251  

102  
103  
69  
106  
380  

1,642  

7,207  
8,849  

245  

$ 

9,094   $ 

7,665  

F-46 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS 

(dollars in thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
   Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: 
   Undistributed net income of subsidiary 

Stock based compensation 
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities 
Increase in other assets 
   Net cash from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Shareholder cash dividends paid 
Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options 

Net cash used in financing activities 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Income taxes 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

2017 

2016 

$ 

9,094   $ 

7,665  

(7,207) 
103  
33  
(52) 
1,971  

(2,022) 
91  
(1,931) 

40  

229  

269   $ 

(6,003) 
255  
(82) 
(25) 
1,810  

(1,940) 
0  
(1,940) 

(130) 

359  

229  

5,922   $ 

2,331  

$ 

$ 

F-47 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number 

2.1 

Description 
Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Interim Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. and Oak Valley Community 
Bank.* 

3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.2   First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.3   Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.4   First Amended and Restated Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.5   Certificate of Determination of Series A Preferred Stock of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.6 

Letter Agreement between the United States Department of the Treasury and Oak Valley Bancorp dated December 5, 
2008** 

3.7 

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws dated effective as of August 11, 2011. **** 

3.8 

Amendment of Bylaws incorporated by reference from the Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2013. 

4.1 

Certificate of Determination dated December 2, 2008 filed with the California Secretary of State for Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.** 

4.2 

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.** 

4.3 

Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.**** 

10.1   Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan.* 

10.2   Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Director Retirement Agreement.* 

10.3   Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Salary Continuation Agreement.* 

10.4 

Securities Purchase Agreement between Oak Valley Bancorp and the U.S. Treasury effective December 4, 2008.** 

10.5 

  Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 11, 2011 between the Company and the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, 

with respect to the issuance and sale of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.**** 

10.6 

  Warrant Redemption Letter Agreement dated September 28, 2011 between the Company and the U.S. Treasury, with 

respect to the redemption of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.**** 

10.7   The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with 
Christopher M. Courtney, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K 
filed on June 9, 2017). 

10.8   The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Christopher M. Courtney, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference 

from exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). 

10.9   The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with 
Richard A. McCarty, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed 
on June 9, 2017). 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
10.10   The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Richard A. McCarty, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from 

exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). 

10.11   The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with 
Michael J. Rodrigues, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed 
on June 9, 2017). 

10.12   The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Michael J. Rodrigues, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference 

from exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). 

10.13   The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Jeffrey Gall, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 

10.7 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). 

10.14   The Director Retirement Agreement with H. Randolph Holder, effective July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference from 

exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2017). 

14   Code of Ethics.*** 

21   Subsidiaries of the Issuer.* 

23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm. 

24   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this report). 

31.01 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.02 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.01 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.01   XBRL Interactive Data File***** 

* Incorporated by reference from the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008 

** Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009 

*** Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 

**** Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011 

***** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of 
the 1933 Act and Section 18 of the 1934 Act.  

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent  to the  incorporation by reference  in the  Registration Statements 333-158201 on  Form S-8  of Oak  Valley  Bancorp of our 
report dated March 15, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Oak Valley Bancorp as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 
and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2017, which report appears in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp for the year ended December 
31, 2017. 

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 15, 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Christopher M. Courtney, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that: 

1.   

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 15, 2018 

/s/ Christopher M. Courtney 
Christopher M. Courtney 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.02 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 15, 2018 

/s/ Jeffrey A. Gall 
Jeffrey A. Gall 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant) for the year ended December 31, 2017, as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the undersigned hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1) 

2) 

such Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
and 

the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Registrant. 

Dated: March 15, 2018 

Dated: March 15, 2018 

/s/ Christopher M. Courtney 
Christopher M. Courtney 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Jeffrey A. Gall 
Jeffrey A. Gall 
Chief Financial Officer 

This  certification  accompanies  each  report  pursuant  to  section  906  of  the  Sarbanes  Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  shall  not,  except  to  the 
extent required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.